Hp Pcl5 Users Manual

PCL5 to the manual 1a2c39fb-53a3-476a-9662-b4e0dc493ed7

: Hp Hp-Pcl5-Users-Manual-549283 hp-pcl5-users-manual-549283 hp pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 252

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

PCL 5 Comparison Guide
for the
HP LaserJet III
HP LaserJet IIID
HP LaserJet IIISi
HP LaserJet IIIP
HP LaserJet 4 Family
HP LaserJet 4000 series
HP Color LaserJet
HP Color LaserJet 5/5M
HP LaserJet 5 Family
HP LaserJet 6 Family
HP DeskJet 1200C
HP DeskJet 1600C
Printers

Edition 1
E1097
HP Part No. 5021-0378
Printed in U.S.A. 10/97

All Rights Reserved. This document contains proprietary
information which is protected by copyright. No part of this
document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to
another language without the prior written consent of
Hewlett-Packard Company.

Warranty

The information contained in this document is subject to
change without notice.
Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any kind with
regard to this material, including, but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
particular purpose.
Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained
herein or for incidental consequential damages in
connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this
material.

© Copyright 1997 Hewlett-Packard Company

ii

Printing
Information

This manual was created using text formatting software on
a personal computer. The camera-ready copy was printed
direct to film and reproduced using standard offset printing.

Trademark Credits

Intellifont is a U.S. registered trademark of Agfa Division,
Miles Incorporated. CG Times is a product of Agfa
Corporation, AGFA Compugraphic Division. LaserJet, PCL,
DeskJet, Vectra, and Resolution Enhancement are U.S.
registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company. IBM
is a registered trademark of International Business
Machines Corporation. Wingdings, MS-Mincho, and
MS-Gothic are trademarks, and Microsoft, Windows, and
MS-DOS are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation. Centronics is a U.S. registered trademark of
Centronics Corporation. ITC Zapf Dingbats is a U.S.
registered trademark of International Typeface Corporation. Helvetica and Times Roman are trademarks of
Linotype AG and its subsidiaries.
Univers is a U.S. registered trademark of Linotype AG and
its subsidiaries. PostScript and the PostScript logo are
registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc. in the U.S.
and other countries. Arial, Times New Roman and
Monotype are U.S. registered trademarks of Monotype
Corporation plc. Macintosh is a registered trademark and
TrueType is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc. ESC/P is
a trademark of Seiko-Epson Corporation.

iii

Conventions

This manual uses the following conventions:
Bold indicates a term defined in the glossary.
Italic refers to a related document, or is used for
emphasis.
The cursive letter l is used in some examples to
distinguish the letter “l” from the numeral “1” (one).
A slash zero 0 is used in some examples and escape
sequences to distinguish the letter “O” from the number
“0”.
0x XX represents a hexadecimal number (XX).
The ~ character indicates that the current line of code is
a continuation of the previous line.

Note

iv

Notes contain important information set off from the text.

Contents
1 Printer Features
PCL Feature Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual Corrections . . . . . . . 1-5
PCL Feature Support Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Printable Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
2 Printer-Specific Differences
HP LaserJet III and IIID Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
HP LaserJet IIISi Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
HP LaserJet IIIP Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (IIIP) . . . . . . . 2-4
HP LaserJet 4 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Configuration Command (AppleTalk) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
HP LaserJet 4Si Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
HP LaserJet 4L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
HP LaserJet 4ML Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Logical Operations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Logical Operations and Transparency Interactions . . . . 2-15
Logical Operation Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Pixel Placement Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
HP LaserJet 4P and 4MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
HP LaserJet 4PJ Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Text Parsing Method Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Character Text Path Direction Command . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Font Header Format 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

New Font Format Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Description of Font Header Segments . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
HP LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Paper Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus Printers . . . . . . . . . . 2-60
HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
Font Header Format 16 Bitmap Font Support . . . . . . . . 2-63
Font Header Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63
Character Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68
Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69
HP Color LaserJet Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70
AppleTalk Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71
HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
HP LaserJet 4LC Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72
HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73
HP LaserJet 5L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75
Paper (Media) Source Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76
Output Bin Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78
Alphanumeric ID Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
HP DeskJet 1200C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-85
Updated Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-87
Media Type Command

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88

Print Quality Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-89
Negative Motion Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
HP DeskJet 1600C Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91
HP LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97
Text Parsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97
Two-Byte HP-GL/2 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98
Label Mode Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98

Contents-2

Vertical Writing with Proportional Fonts . . . . . . . . . 2-101
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103
HP LaserJet 6P/ 6MP Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105
HP LaserJet 6L Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
HP LaserJet 4000 series Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
3 Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets
Bitmap Fonts and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Typeface Selection Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
4 Print Environment
5 Memory Usage
Operation of ADC and MEt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Image Adapt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Additional MEt Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
ADC and MEt Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Recommendations For Sending Data to the Printer . . . . 5-4
Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Method 5) . . . . . 5-7
A Printer Commands
B Internal Symbol Set Charts
ISO Substitution Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-21
Conversion Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-22
C Symbol Set and Typeface Codes
D MSL/Unicode Symbol Indexes
Index

Contents-3

Contents-4

1
Printer Features
Introduction

Hewlett-Packard printers which support the PCL 5 printer
language contain slightly different feature sets, each
suitable for that printer’s intended use. Each printer
implements minor variations of PCL 5 as a result of those
differences. With new printer releases, new features may be
added with new commands and/or PCL operations which
require documentation.
The purpose of this guide is to identify the differences in
the implementation of the PCL 5 Printer Language for
different HP LaserJet and DeskJet printers, as compared to
that described in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual. This guide describes new commands and
exceptions to existing commands unique to the printers, as
well as internal typeface/font support and print
environment settings.

Feature Set 1-1

This guide covers the following HP LaserJet printers:
Introduction Date

LaserJet III
LaserJet IIID
LaserJet IIISi
LaserJet IIIP
LaserJet 4, 4M
LaserJet 4Si, 4SiMx
LaserJet 4L, 4ML
LaserJet 4P, 4MP
LaserJet 4 Plus, 4M Plus
LaserJet 4PJ
LaserJet 4V, 4MV
DeskJet 1200C
DeskJet 1200/PS
Color LaserJet
LaserJet 4LC
DeskJet 1600C
LaserJet 4LJ Pro
LaserJet 5P, 5MP
LaserJet 5L
LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx
Color LaserJet 5, 5M
LaserJet 5, 5M
LaserJet 5Si Mopier
LaserJet 6P, 6MP
LaserJet 6L
LaserJet 4000 series

March 1990
September 1990
February 1991
May 1991
October 1992
April 1993
May 1993
September 1993
May 1994
May 1994
September 1994
May 1993
May 1993
September 1994
March 1995
March 1995
May 1995
May 1995
September 1995
November 1995
March 1996
April 1996
October 1996
October 1996
September 1997
November 1997

This guide also covers the HP 1200C and 1600C DeskJet
printers.

1-2 Feature Set

PCL Feature
Support

Table 1-1, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, lists all the
printer commands from the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual and identifies which of these
commands are supported by the various printers. More
detailed PCL information for each PCL 5 printer is
provided in Chapter 2.

Note

The PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual
(part number 5961-0509) was revised for the release of the
HP LaserJet 4 printer and contains all PCL language
features up to the HP LaserJet 4 printer.
With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4 printer,
Hewlett-Packard enhanced the PCL 5 printer language to
provide some new features. The major improvements to the
PCL 5 printer language are listed below.
600 dpi support for higher quality printing
45 scalable typefaces for greater type variety
TrueType rasterizer (in addition to the Intellifont
rasterizer) for fast Windows printing, and for matching
Windows and printer type (easy WYSIWYG)
New graphics commands for faster and better curves and
shading quality
Bi-directional I/O for easier use and sharing by providing
printer status to computer applications
Automatic and faster printer language switching
Automatic I/O switching for faster I/O rates
Improved memory management so most pages print in
standard memory
Improved PCL and HP-GL/2 performance for faster
graphics and text printing

Feature Set 1-3

Notes

In Table 1-1, if the command value field parameters are
not listed, then all parameters are supported by printers
that support that command.
The value in parentheses following a command
parameter identifies the parameter value field value (for
example, the parameter “Letter (2)” indicates that the
value field to select letter size in the Page Size command
is “2” ).
Commands which are not supported (“ns”) by a printer
are ignored.

1-4 Feature Set

PCL 5 Technical
Reference Manual
Corrections

This section describes updates to the PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual (5961-0509).
Because this manual will not be updated, any changes to it
are documented in this guide. Some errors have been
identified in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual since its printing. Those errors are
identified and corrections are provided on this page.

Chapter 4
PCL Job Control
Commands

Unit of Measure Command
In Figure 4-6 on page 4-18, the two escape sequences at the
top should read “(?&u100D) and (?&u200D)” instead of
“(?&u100B) and (?&u200B).”

Chapter 8
PCL Font Selection

Transparent Print Data Command
The last sentence in the note at the bottom of page 8-33
should read “Refer to the PCL 5 Comparison Guide,
Appendix A, for character codes for the various symbol
sets.” instead of “Refer to Appendix A for character codes for
the various symbol sets.”

Chapter 13
The PCL Print Model

User-Defined Pattern Command
In Figure 13-10 on page 13-19, byte zero should read
Format (20) instead of Format (0)
On page 13-21, Format (Byte 0) should read “0” for a 300
DPI user-defined pattern header and “20” for a
resolution-specified user-defined pattern header.

Feature Set 1-5

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix
FUNCTION

Configuration (AppleTalk)

?&b#W[data]

Universal Exit/Start of PJL
(UEL)
Reset
Number of Copies
Simplex/Duplex Print
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
Unit Of Measure
Mechanical Print Quality
Media Type
Negative Motion

?%–12345X

✓- Indicates a command is supported.
1

COMMAND

Supported if duplex option is installed.

1-6 Feature Set

III

IIID

IIISi

MISCELLANEOUS
ns
ns
ns
JOB CONTROL
✓
ns
ns

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓1
✓

ns
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

?&l#Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&u#D
?*o#Q
?&l#M
?&a#N

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

?E
?&l#X
?&l#S
?&l#U

✓
✓

4ML
4P 4PJ 4 Plus 4V
4MP
4M Plus 4MV

IIIP

ns- Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1.

PCL Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Configuration (AppleTalk)

?&b#W[data]

Universal Exit/Start of
PJL (UEL)
Reset
Number of Copies
Simplex/Duplex Print
Left (Long-Edge) Offset
Registration
Top (Short-Edge) Offset
Registration
Unit Of Measure
Mechanical Print Quality
Media Type
Negative Motion

?%–12345X

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

Color
Color LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC 5L 5P
LJ
5M
Pro
6L 5MP
MISCELLANEOUS
✓
✓ ns ns
JOB CONTROL
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓
✓

5Si
6P 5SiMx
6MP Mopier

5
5M

Desk- Desk4000 Jet
Jet
series 1200C 1600C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

?E
?&l#X
?&l#S
?&l#U

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns ns
✓ ✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

?&l#Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&u#D
?*o#Q
?&l#M
?&a#N

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns

ns ns
ns ns
ns ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns- Indicates a command is not supported.

Feature Set 1-7

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4V
4M Plus 4MV

PAGE CONTROL
Page (Job) Size
Executive (1)
Letter (2)
Legal (3)
Ledger (6)
A5 (25)
A4 (26)
A3 (27)
JIS B5 Paper (45)
JIS B4 Paper (46)
Monarch Envelope (80)
Comm. 10 Envelope (81)
Intl. DL Envelope (90)
Intl. C5 Envelope (91)
Intl. B5 Envelope (100)
Custom (101)
Hagaki Postcard (71)
Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)
Orientation
Page Side Selection1
Job Separation
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

?&l#A

?&l#O
?&a#G
?&l1T

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

1

On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.

2

The custom size is 11.7" x 17.7" on the HP LaserJet 4V/4MV printers.

1-8 Feature Set

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓2
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns
ns

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Color
COMMAND Color LJ 5, 4LJ
4LC
LJ
5M
Pro
PAGE CONTROL

Page (Job) Size

5L
6L

5P
5MP

5Si
6P 5SiMx
6MP Mopier

5
5M

Desk- Desk4000
Jet
Jet
series 1200C 1600C

?&l#A

Executive (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Letter (2)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Legal (3)

✓

✓1

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Ledger (6)

4

✓

✓1

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

A4 (26)

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

A5 (25)

ns
✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

A3 (27)

✓

✓1

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns

JIS B5 Paper (45)

ns

ns

✓

ns
✓

ns

ns
✓

✓

✓

JIS B4 Paper (46)

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓

ns

ns
✓

✓

ns

ns
✓

✓

Monarch Envelope (80)

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

Com-10 Envelope (81)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. DL Envelope (90)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Intl. C5 Envelope (91)

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

Intl. B5 Envelope (100)

ns

ns

✓

Custom (101)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns2

✓

✓

✓3

✓

✓5

ns

ns

Hagaki Postcard (71)

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns

Oufuku-Hagaki
Postcard (72)

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns
✓

Orientation

?&l#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Page Side Selection4

?&a#G

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Job Separation

?&l1T

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

1

Black & White only

2

For the HP LaserJet 5L printer, the printer driver sets the paper size to legal (3) when “custom” is selected.

3

The custom size is 11.7" x 17.7" on HP LaserJet 5Si, 5SiMx, and 5Si Mopier printers.

4

On non-duplex printers, this command causes a conditional page eject.

5

For the LaserJet 4000 series printers, the custom size is configurable via the control panel or PML.

Feature Set 1-9

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

4 Plus
4V
4M Plus 4MV

PAGE CONTROL (continued)
Paper (Media) Source

?&l#H

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Eject Page (0)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Manual Env. Feed (3)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Alt. Paper Source (4)
ns
ns
✓
✓
Opt. Large Source (5)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
Envelope Feeder (6)
ns
ns
ns
Auto Select (7)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Tray 1 (right side) (8)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Output (Media) Bin
?&l#G
Automatic (0)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
Destination Tray 1 (1)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
Destination Tray 2 (2)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Destination Tray 3 (3)
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Print Direction
?&a#P
Character Text Path Dir.
?&c#T
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Left Margin
?&a#L
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Right Margin
?&a#M
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Top Margin
?&l#E
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Text Length
?&l#F
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Perforation Skip
?&l#L
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Horizontal Motion Index
?&k#H
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Vertical Motion Index
?&l#C
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Line Spacing
?&l#D
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
Alphanumeric ID
?&n#W[operns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ation] [string]
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-10 Feature Set

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

Paper (Media) Source
Eject Page (0)
Main (Front) Paper
Source (1)
Manual (Top/Rear)
Feed (2)
Manual Env. Feed (3)
Alt. Paper Source (4)
Optional Source (5)
Envelope Feeder (6)
Auto Select (7)
Tray 1 (right side) (8)
HCI Trays 2-21 (20-39)
Output (Media) Bin

COMMAND

Color
Color LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC 5L
LJ
5M
Pro
6L
PAGE CONTROL (continued)

5Si
Desk- Desk5P 6P 5SiMx 5 4000 Jet
Jet
5MP 6MP Mopier 5M series 1200C 1600C

?&l#H
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns

ns
✓1

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns

ns

?&l#G

✓
Automatic (0)
ns
ns
ns ns ns ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
Destination Tray 1 (1)
ns
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
✓
Destination Tray 2
ns
ns ns ns ns
✓
Destination Tray 3
ns
ns
ns
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Print Direction
?&a#P
✓
✓ ns
✓
✓
✓
Character Text Path Dir.
?&c#T
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Left Margin
?&a#L
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Right Margin
?&a#M
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Clear Horizontal Margins ?9
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Top Margin
?&l#E
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Text Length
?&l#F
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Perforation Skip
?&l#L
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Horizontal Motion Index
?&k#H
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Vertical Motion Index
?&l#C
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Line Spacing
?&l#D
ALPHANUMERIC ID (Media selection by type/PCL mass storage command)
✓
Alphanumeric ID
?&n#W[oper- ns
ns
ns
ns ns ns ns
ation] [string]
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.
1

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

The LaserJet 4000 series printers support HCI trays 2– 41 (20 – 59)

Feature Set 1-11

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Horizontal Position

Vertical Position

Half Line Feed
Line Termination
Push/Pop Position

COMMAND

?&a#C
?*p#X
?&a#H
?&a#R
?*p#Y
?&a#V
?=
?&k#G
?&f#S

III

IIID

IIISi

CURSOR POSITIONING
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

4 Plus 4V
4M Plus 4MV
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

FONT SELECTION
The Primary font printer commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis
“(” in the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Symbol Set (Primary)
?(ID
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Spacing (Primary)
?(s#P
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Pitch (Primary)
?(s#H
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Height (Primary)
?(s#V
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Style (Primary)
?(s#S
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Stroke Weight (Primary)
?(s#B
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Typeface (Primary)
?(s#T
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.)
?(#X
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Select Default Font (Primary) ?(3@
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Underline
?&d#D
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?&d@
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Transparent Print Data
?&p#X[data] ✓
✓
✓
Text Parsing Method
?&t#P
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
FONT MANAGEMENT
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Assign Font ID #
Font Control

?*c#D
?*c#F

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

Symbol Set ID Code
Define Symbol Set
Symbol Set Control

USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
✓
?*c#R
ns
ns
ns
✓
?(f#W[data]
ns
ns
ns
✓
?*c#S
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-12 Feature Set

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

Color
5Si
Desk- DeskColor LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC 5L 5P 6P 5SiMx 5 4000
Jet
Jet
LJ 5M Pro
6L 5MP 6MP Mopier 5M series 1200C 1600C
CURSOR POSITIONING
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Horizontal Position
?&a#C
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?*p#X
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?&a#H
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Vertical Position
?&a#R
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?*p#Y
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?&a#V
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Half Line Feed
?=
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Line Termination
?&k#G
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Push/Pop Position
?&f#S
FONT SELECTION
The Primary font commands in this table can be changed to Secondary by replacing the left parenthesis “(” in
the command with a right parenthesis “)”.
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Symbol Set (Primary)
?(ID
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Spacing (Primary)
?(s#P
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Pitch (Primary)
?(s#H
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Height (Primary)
?(s#V
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Style (Primary)
?(s#S
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Stroke Weight (Primary)
?(s#B
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Typeface (Primary)
?(s#T
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Font Selection By ID # (Pri.)
?(#X
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Select Default Font (Primary) ?(3@
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Underline
?&d#D
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
?&d@
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Transparent Print Data
?&p#X[data] ✓
✓
✓ ns ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Text Parsing Method
?&t#P
ns ns
✓1
FONT MANAGEMENT
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Assign Font ID #
?*c#D
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Font Control
?*c#F
USER-DEFINED SYMBOL SET
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Symbol Set ID Code
?*c#R
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Define Symbol Set
?(f#W[data]
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Symbol Set Control
?*c#S
FUNCTION

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.
1

COMMAND

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Available in code versions “B” and “C” only (see the DeskJet 1200C section near the end of this chapter).

Feature Set 1-13

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus 4V
4M Plus 4MV

SOFT FONT CREATION
Font Descriptor
Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Character Code
Download Character

?)s#W[data]
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#E
?(s#W[data]

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

Macro ID
Macro Control

?&f#Y
?&f#X

✓
✓

MACROS
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

Source Transparency Mode
Pattern Transparency Mode
Area Fill (Pattern) ID
Select Current Pattern

?*v#N
?*v#O
?*c#G
?*v#T

PRINT MODEL IMAGING
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
ns
ns
ns
?*l#O
ns
ns
ns
ns
?*l#R
ns
ns
ns
ns
USER-DEFINED PATTERN
✓
?*c#W[data] ns
ns
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

Solid Black (0)
Solid White (1)
HP Shading Pattern (2)
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
User-defined Pattern (4)
Logical Operation
Pixel Placement
Define (Download) Pattern
Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Set Pattern Reference Point
User-defined Pattern Control
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-14 Feature Set

✓
✓
✓
✓

?*p#R
?*c#Q

ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns

✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

Font Descriptor

COMMAND

Color
Color LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC 5L
LJ
5M
Pro
6L
SOFT FONT CREATION

?)s#W[data]
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#E
?(s#W[data]

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

Macro ID
Macro Control

?&f#Y
?&f#X

✓
✓

✓
✓

MACROS
✓
✓
✓
✓

Source Transparency
Mode
Pattern Transparency
Mode
Area Fill (Pattern) ID
Select Current Pattern

?*v#N

✓

?*v#O

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*c#G
?*v#T

✓

✓

✓

Solid Black (0)
Solid White (1)
HP Shading Pattern (2)
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
(HP-hatch Pattern)
User-defined Pattern (4)
Logical Operation
?*l#O
Pixel Placement
?*l#R

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Character Code
Download Character

5Si
Desk- Desk5P
6P 5SiMx 5 4000
Jet
Jet
5MP 6MP Mopier 5M series 1200C 1600C

Define (Download) Pattern ?*c#W[data]
Range: 0 - 32767
Range: 0 - 65535
Set Pattern Reference
?*p#R
Point
User-defined Pattern
?*c#Q
Control
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

PRINT MODEL IMAGING
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

USER-DEFINED PATTERN
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Feature Set 1-15

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

✓2
✓

ns
✓
✓

4PJ

4 Plus 4V
4M Plus 4MV

RASTER GRAPHICS
Raster Resolution
75 Dots/Inch (75)
100 Dots/Inch (100)
150 Dots/Inch (150)
200 Dots/Inch (200) 1
300 Dots/Inch (300)
600 Dots/Inch (600) 1
Graphics Presentation
Raster Height (Source)
Raster Height (Destination)
Raster Width (Source)
Raster Width (Destination)
Scale Algorithm
Start Raster Graphics
At logical page left limit(0)
At CAP (1)
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
At CAP, scaling ON (3)
Y Offset
Set Compression Mode

?*t#R

?*r#F
?*r#T
?*t#V
?*r#S
?*t#H
?*t#K
?*r#A

?*b#Y
?*b#M

Unencoded (0)
Run-Length Encoded (1)
TIFF Encoded (2)
Delta Row Encoded (3)
Mode 5 Adaptive (5)
Replacement Delta Row (9)
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data]
Transfer Raster (Plane)
?*b#V[data]
End Graphics
Version B
Version C (Preferred)

?*rB
?*rC

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓2
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

1

Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.

2

The 4ML printer does not support 200 or 600 dpi operation.

1-16 Feature Set

✓
✓
✓

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Raster Resolution
75 Dots/Inch (75)
100 Dots/Inch (100)
150 Dots/Inch (150)
200 Dots/Inch (200) 1
300 Dots/Inch (300)
600 Dots/Inch (600) 1
Graphics Presentation
Raster Height (Source)
Raster Height (Destination)
Raster Width (Source)
Raster Width (Destination)
Scale Algorithm
Start Raster Graphics
At logical page left limit(0)
At CAP (1)
At logic. page left limit,
scaling ON (2)
At CAP, scaling ON (3)
Y Offset
Set Compression Mode

COMMAND

?*r#F
?*r#T
?*t#V
?*r#S
?*t#H
?*t#K
?*r#A

?*b#Y
?*b#M

?*rB
?*rC

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.
1

5L
6L

5Si
Desk- Desk5P 6P 5SiMx 5 4000 Jet
Jet
5MP 6MP Mopier 5M series 1200C 1600C

?*t#R

Unencoded (0)
Run-Length Encoded (1)
TIFF Encoded (2)
Delta Row Encoded (3)
Mode 5 Adaptive (5)
Replacement Delta Row (9)
Transfer Raster (Row/Block) ?*b#W[data]
Transfer Raster (Plane)
?*b#V[data]
End Graphics
Version B
Version C (Preferred)

Color
Color LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC
LJ
5M Pro
RASTER GRAPHICS
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns
✓

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓

✓
✓
✓
ns
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Supported if printer resolution is 600 dpi.

Feature Set 1-17

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Horizontal Rectangle Size
Vertical Rectangle Size
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID)
1-100 for Shading
1-6 for Cross-hatch
0-32767 for User-defined
Fill Rectangle Area

COMMAND

?*c#A
?*c#H
?*c#B
?*c#V
?*c#G

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-18 Feature Set

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

STATUS READBACK
ns
ns
ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

4 Plus
4V
4M Plus 4MV
✓

?*c#P

Black (solid) (0)
(Solid) White (erase) (1)
Shaded (gray) (2)
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
User-defined Pattern (4)
Current Pattern (5)
Set Status Readback
Location Type
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
Free Space
Flush All Pages
Echo

III

?*s#T

ns

?*s#U

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*s#I

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?*s1M
?&r#F
?*s#X

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Horizontal Rectangle Size
Vertical Rectangle Size
Pattern ID (Area Fill ID)
1-100 for Shading
1-6 for Cross-hatch
0-32767 for User-defined
Fill Rectangle Area

Color
COMMAND Color LJ 5,
LJ
5M

?*c#A
?*c#H
?*c#B
?*c#V
?*c#G

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

4LC

5L
6L

5Si
5P
6P 5SiMx
5MP 6MP Mopier

Desk- Desk5
4000 Jet
Jet
5M series 1200C 1600C

RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

STATUS READBACK
✓
✓
ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

?*c#P

Black (solid) (0)
(Solid) White (erase) (1)
Shaded (gray) (2)
Cross-hatch Pattern (3)
User-defined Pattern (4)
Current Pattern (5)
Set Status Readback
Location Type
Set Status Readback
Location Unit
Inquire Status Readback
Entity
Free Space
Flush All Pages
Echo

4LJ
Pro

?*s#T

ns

?*s#U

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

?*s#I

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

?*s1M
?&r#F
?*s#X

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Feature Set 1-19

Table 1-1.

PCL Feature Support Matrix (continued)

FUNCTION

COMMAND

Picture Frame Horiz. Size
Picture Frame Vert. Size
Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point
HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size
HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size
Enter HP-GL/2

?*c#X
?*c#Y
?*c0T

_Stand-alone plotter (-1)
_Previous HP-GL (0)
_Current PCL CAP (1)
_Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 (2)
_Current PCL coordinates & current CAP (3)
Enter PCL Mode

?*c#K
?*c#L
?%#B

?%#A

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

4
4Si
4M 4SiMx
PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓

PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On
Off
End-Of-Line Wrap
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-20 Feature Set

?Y
?Z
?&s#C

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1.

PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Picture Frame Horiz. Size

Color
COMMAND Color LJ 5,
LJ
5M

?*c#X

4LJ
Pro

4LC

5L
6L

5P
5MP

PICTURE FRAME (for Vector Graphics)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
ns

5Si
6P 5SiMx
6MP Mopier

5
5M

Desk- Desk4000
Jet
Jet
series 1200C 1600C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Picture Frame Vert. Size

?*c#Y

✓

Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point

?*c0T

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Horiz. Plot Size

?*c#K

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

HP-GL/2 Vert. Plot Size

?*c#L

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter HP-GL/2

?%#B
ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓

_Previous HP-GL (0)

✓

ns
✓

_Current PCL CAP (1)

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

_Stand-alone plotter (-1)

_Current PCL coordinates
and old HP-GL/2 (2)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

_Current PCL coordinates & current CAP (3)

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

PROGRAMMING HINTS
Display Functions
On
Off
End-Of-Line Wrap
✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

?Y

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?Z

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

?&s#C

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Feature Set 1-21

Table 1-1. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

COMMAND

Assign Color Index
Color Component 1
Color Component 2
Color Component 3
Color Lookup Tables
Configure Image Data
Download Dither Matrix
Foreground Color
Gamma Correction
Monochrome Print Mode
Palette Control ID
Palette Control
Push/Pop Palette
Render Algorithm
Range: 0 - 8
Range: 9 - 10
Range: 11 - 14
Range: 15 - 19
Select Palette
Set Viewing Illuminant
Simple Color

?*v#I
?*v#A
?*v#B
?*v#C
?*l#W[data]
?*v#W[data]
?*m#W
?*v#S
?*t#I
?&b#M
?&p#I
?&p#C
?*p#P
?*t#J

?&p#S
?*i#W[data]
?*r#U

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-22 Feature Set

4
4M

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

III

IIID

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

IIISi

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

IIIP

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

4 Plus
4V
4M Plus 4MV

Table 1-1. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
Color
Color LJ 5, 4LJ 4LC 5L 5P
LJ
5M
Pro
6L 5MP
PCL 5 COLOR COMMANDS
✓
✓
Assign Color Index
?*v#I
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Color Component 1
?*v#A
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Color Component 2
?*v#B
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Color Component 3
?*v#C
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Color Lookup Tables
?*l#W[data]
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Configure Image Data
?*v#W[data]
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Download Dither Matrix ?*m#W
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Foreground Color
?*v#S
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Gamma Correction
?*t#I
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Monochrome Print Mode ?&b#M
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Palette Control ID
?&p#I
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Palette Control
?&p#C
ns ns ns ns
✓
✓
Push/Pop Palette
?*p#P
ns ns ns ns
Render Algorithm
?*t#J
FUNCTION

Range: 0 - 8
Range: 9 - 10
Range: 11 - 14
Range: 15 - 19
Select Palette
Set Viewing Illuminant
Simple Color

COMMAND

✓
✓
✓
?&p#S
?*i#W[data]
?*r#U

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

ns
✓
✓
✓

✓
ns
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

6P
6MP

5Si
Desk- Desk5SiMx 5
4000
Jet
Jet
Mopier 5M series 1200C 1600C

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
✓
✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
✓

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Feature Set 1-23

Table 1-1. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

HP-GL/2—Commands
listed in Table A-2
except as shown below
Advance Full Page
Bezier
Begin Plot
Chord Tolerance Mode
(Relative) Color Range
Download Character
Fill Type
Odd/Even
Non-Zero Winding
Frame Advance
Label origin
1-9 / 11-19
21
Media Type
Merge Control
Number of Pens
Output Error
Output Hardcopy Limits
Output Identification
Output P1 and P2
Output Status
Pen Color Assignment
Pixel Placement
Plot Size
Quality Level
Replot

COMMAND

PG
BR, BZ
BP
CT
CR
DL
FT

FR
LO

MT
MC
NP
OE
OH
OI
OP
OS
PC
PP
PS
QL
RP

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.

1-24 Feature Set

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
ns

4Si
4SiMx

4L

4ML
4P
4MP

4PJ

4 Plus
4M Plus

4V
4MV

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
✓

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

4
4M

HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Table 1-1. PCL 5 Feature Support Matrix (continued)
FUNCTION

Color
COMMAND Color LJ 5, 4LJ
LJ
5M
Pro

HP-GL/2—Commands
listed in Table A-2 except
as shown below

5L
6L

5P
5MP

5Si
6P 5SiMx
6MP Mopier

5
5M

Desk- Desk4000
Jet
Jet
series 1200C 1600C

✓

HP-GL/2 GRAPHICS
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓

✓

✓1

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

Advance Full Page

PG

Bezier

BR, BZ

ns
✓

Begin Plot

BP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Chord Tolerance Mode

CT

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

CR

ns
✓

ns

(Relative) Color Range

ns
✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns
✓

Download Character

DL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Fill Type

FT

Odd/Even

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

✓

✓

✓
✓

✓

Non-Zero Winding

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

1-9 / 11-19

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

21

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓1

ns
✓

Frame Advance

FR

Label origin

LO

Media Type
Merge Control

MC

ns
✓

Number of Pens

NP

✓

✓

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

✓

Output Error

OE

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Output Hardcopy Limits

OH

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Output Identification

OI

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

MT

ns
ns

✓

Output P1 and P2

OP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

Output Status

OS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

PC

ns
✓

ns

Pen Color Assignment

ns
✓
✓

✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

PP

ns
✓

✓

Pixel Placement

ns
✓

✓

✓

1

Plot Size

PS

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓

ns

Quality Level

QL

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

Replot

RP

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

ns

✓1

ns

✓ - Indicates a command is supported.
1

4LC

ns - Indicates a command is not supported.

Supported in stand-alone HP-GL/2 Mode only (DeskJet 1200)

Feature Set 1-25

Printable Area

1-26 Feature Set

The relationships between physical page, logical page,
default picture frame, and printable area are illustrated
in Figures 1-1 and 1-2. The tables list the variations in
sizes for the different physical page sizes. For more
information concerning printable area or logical/physical
page differences, consult the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual.

PAPER SIZE
Letter
Legal
Ledger
Executive
A4
A3
Com-10
Monarch
C5
B5
DL
JIS B4
JIS B5
Hagaki
Oufuku-hagaki

A
2550
2550
3300
2175
2480
3507
1237
1162
1913
2078
1299
3035
2149
1181
1748

DIMENSIONS (at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
B
C
D
E
F
G
Portrait Dimensions
3300
2400
3300
75
0
4200
2400
4200
75
0
5100
3150
5100
75
0
3150
2025
3150
75
0
3507
2338
3507
71
0
4960
3365
4960
71
0
2850
1087
2850
75
0
2250
1012
2250
75
0
2704
1771
2704
71
0
2952
1936
2952
71
0
2598
1157
2598
71
0
4299
2893
4299
71
0
3035
2007
3035
71
0
1748
1039
1748
71
0
2362
1606
2362
71
0

H
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

Figure 1-1. Portrait Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries

Feature Set 1-27

DIMENSIONS (at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
B
C
D
E
F
G
Landscape Dimensions
Letter
3300
2550
3180
2550
60
0
Legal
4200
2550
4080
2550
60
0
Ledger
5100
3300
4980
3300
60
0
Executive
3150
2175
3030
2175
60
0
A4
3507
2480
3389
2480
59
0
A3
4960
3507
4842
3507
59
0
Com-10
2850
1237
2730
1237
60
0
Monarch
2250
1162
2130
1162
60
0
C5
2704
1913
2586
1913
59
0
B5
2952
2078
2834
2078
59
0
DL
2598
1299
2480
1299
59
0
JIS B4
4299
3035
4181
3035
59
0
JIS B5
3035
2149
2917
2149
59
0
Hagaki
1748
1181
1630
1181
59
0
Oufuku-hagaki
2362
1748
2244
1748
59
0
Figure 1-2. Landscape Logical Page and Printable Area Boundaries
PAPER SIZE

1-28 Feature Set

A

H
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

2
Printer-Specific Differences
Introduction

Each Hewlett-Packard printer implements minor variations
of PCL 5 in order to best suit its intended use. This chapter
describes specific differences that are important when
developing applications for the various PCL 5 printers. The
sections in this chapter describe such information as new
commands not contained in the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual, and other miscellaneous
differences in PCL operation particular to that printer.

HP LaserJet III and
IIID Printers

With the introduction of the HP LaserJet III printer,
Hewlett-Packard introduced the PCL 5 printer language.
The PCL 5 printer language incorporated many new
features over the PCL 4 language. A few of the more
significant features included such things as the addition of
a scalable font technology, HP-GL/2 vector graphics
language support, print model features, raster graphics
enhancements, and the Print Direction command.
The HP LaserJet IIID printer language support is basically
identical to the HP LaserJet III printer except for the
addition of the duplex feature, dual input bin, envelope
feeder support and their associated commands (see
Table 1-1).

Printer-Specific Differences 2-1

HP LaserJet IIISi
Printer
Table 2-1.

Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5
language with the release of the HP LaserJet IIISi printer.
These new features are summarized in Table 2-1 below.

PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet IIISi Printer
Status

Comments

Number of Copies
Page Size
Output Bin Selection Command

Feature

Modified
Modified
New

End Raster Graphics Command

New/Modified

Greater range, 1 to 32,767.
C5 Envelopes not supported.
Allows programmatic selection of upper or lower
output paper bins.
Modified version of the existing End Raster
Graphics command.
Causes the paper stacker to shift positions to
offset the output paper stack.
Four variations of Univers Condensed; ITC Zapf
Dingbats in five symbol sets.

Job Separation

New Command

Fonts

New Additions

HP LaserJet IIIP
Printer

2-2 Printer-Specific Differences

Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5
language with the release of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer.
These new features are summarized in Table 2-2. One new
feature listed here is adaptive compression (method 5) for
the Raster Compression Mode command. In addition to
compressing data for transmission, if certain rules are
followed (discussed below), the HP LaserJet IIIP printer
will store adaptive compressed data in compressed format
and only decompress it when required for printing. There
are certain requirements which must be met for this data to
be stored in compressed format. These requirements are
discussed following Table 2-2.

Table 2-2.

HP LaserJet IIIP PCL Feature Additions
Status

Comments

Set Compression Method

Feature/Command

Modified

End Raster Graphics Command
User-defined Patterns

Modified
New

User-defined Pattern Command

New Feature

Adds Adaptive Compression method to the Set
Compression Method command.
Modified version of the End Raster Graphics command.
Enables users to define and download their own userdefined pattern.
Used to download the binary data for user-defined
pattern.
Sets pattern reference point.
Used to make user-defined patterns permanent or
temporary, or to delete them.
Adds a parameter to support user-defined patterns.

Set Pattern Reference Point Command
Pattern Control Command

New
New

Select Pattern & Fill Rectangular Area
Commands
Pattern ID Command

Modified

User-defined Symbol Sets

Modified

New Feature

Define Symbol Set Command
Symbol Set ID Code Command

New
New

Symbol Set Control Command

New

Unbound Scalable Fonts
Unbound Scalable Font Descriptor

New Feature
New

In addition to selecting internal patterns, this command
is now used to assign an ID to a user-defined pattern as
well as to select patterns. Also, parameter range is
extended from 100 to 32,767.
Enables user to build a symbol set which contains userselected characters.
Identifies the characters for a user-defined symbol set.
Assigns a number for identification to the user-defined
symbol set.
Used to make user-defined symbol sets permanent or
temporary, or to delete them.
Allows typefaces (unbound fonts), not just fonts (bound
fonts) to be downloaded to the printer.
Addition of a new header used for unbound fonts (font
type 10).

Printer-Specific Differences 2-3

Raster Graphics
Adaptive
Compression (IIIP)

HP LaserJet 4
Printer

Several new PCL features were added to the PCL 5
language with the release of the HP LaserJet 4 printer.
These new features are summarized in Table 2-3. Most of
these features are described in the revised PCL 5 Printer
Language Technical Reference Manual (part number
5961-0509). (This revised technical reference manual is
supplied as part of the Technical Reference Documentation
Package which can be obtained by ordering part number
5961-0601.) In addition, there are some additional
differences for the HP LaserJet 4 printer that are not
covered in the technical reference manual but are described
below.

Note

2-4 Printer-Specific Differences

Adaptive compression was added to the PCL language with
the introduction of the HP LaserJet IIIP printer. Adaptive
compression (or method 5 as it is referred to) is a method
for compressing raster data using the raster Set
Compression Method command (parameter value 5). (Refer
to the Set Compression Method command in the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference manual for detailed
information on using this compression technique.) Also,
refer to Chapter 4 in this document, “Raster Graphics
Adaptive Compression (Method 5)” for additional
information.

The HP LaserJet 4M printer, in addition to PCL, contains
PostScript and a LocalTalk I/O for printing in the
Macintosh environment. PCL operation and the PCL
internal fonts for this printer are identical to the HP
LaserJet 4 printer. Thus, for PCL information for the HP
LaserJet 4M printer, refer to the HP LaserJet 4 printer
features.

Table 2-3.

PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4
Support

Comments

Adaptive Compression System

Feature/Command

New

Configuration Command

New

Adaptive compression system enables the printer to
compress internal raster data when memory becomes low.
This operation occurs automatically; there are no PCL
commands for this feature (refer to Chapter 5 for ADC
information).
Allows PCL jobs to be printed (using LocalTalk or
EtherTalk MIO) using AppleTalk protocol.
Supports 1-32,767 copies as does the HP LaserJet IIISi
printer.
Allows selection of the units of measure for cursor moves,
drawing rules, and for character spacing (font metrics).
A parameter value is added for B5 envelope size; the HP
LaserJet 4 printer supports the four standard paper sizes
and five envelope sizes.
Printer will expand 300 dpi bitmap fonts to 600 dpi. A new
300/600 dpi bitmap font descriptor has been added to
allow bitmap fonts to be created that work at either 1/300
or 1/600 inch printer resolution.
A new Universal header has been added to allow design of
typefaces of different scaling technologies to be supported
by one header. This header is used to support TrueType on
the HP LaserJet 4 printer. (This header will be used to
support any other new scaling technologies HP may add in
the future).
TrueType scaling technology support has been added to
the printer.
Several new Intellifont and TrueType internal typefaces
(and supporting symbol sets) are now provided in the
printer.
Parameter values have been added to support raster
resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi.
A new 300/600 dpi user-defined pattern header has been
added to support patterns that work at either 1/300 or
1/600 inch printer resolution.

Number of Copies
Units of Measure Command
Page Size

Modified
New
Modified

Bitmap Font Support

New Header

Scalable Font Support

New Header

True Type

New

Internal Typefaces

New

Raster Resolution Command
User-defined Pattern

Modified
New Header

Continued on next page.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-5

Table 2-3.

PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4 (continued)

Feature/Command
Status Readback

Support

Comments

New Feature

The addition of 6 new status readback commands enable
the user to receive certain information back from the
printer about fonts, symbol sets, macros, user-defined
patterns, and available memory.
Used to specify a status readback type of location
(current, all, internal, downloaded, cartridge, SIMMs).
Specifies a status readback location unit (all, temporary
or permanent, highest-lowest priority, specific SIMM).
Requests the status from the location (type and unit)
specified for fonts, symbol sets, macros, or user-defined
patterns.
Allows the user to clear page data from printer memory.
This command returns the current available memory.
Allows the user to send a unique ID number to the
printer to be used as a “place holder.”
HP-GL/2 commands (relative and absolute) that allow a
user to draw complex curves with less data required
than that required for arcs.
Label position LO 21 is provided for correct alignment of
HP-GL/2 text with PCL text.
Previously, the HP-GL/2 Fill Polygon command filled
polygons using the odd/even fill technique. A second
technique, non-zero winding fill, has been added.
HP-GL/2 is now supported in macros.
Added to allow the user to communicate with the MIO
card in the printer.

Location Type Command

New

Location Unit Command

New

Inquire Entity Command

New

Flush All Pages Command
Free Memory Command
Echo Command

New
New
New

Bezier Curve Commands

New

Label Origin

Modified

Fill Polygon

Modified

Macros
Configuration Command

Modified
New

2-6 Printer-Specific Differences

Configuration
Command
(AppleTalk)

The Configuration command allows a user to send PCL jobs
to the printer over AppleTalk. This data is sent in the form
of “key/value” data pairs (refer to “AppleTalk
Configuration” below for more information).
?&b#W [key][value]
# = Number of data bytes that follow command
Default = 0
Range = 0 - 32767
[key] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
[value] can be 1 character through 32765 characters.
AppleTalk Configuration
The HP LaserJet 4 printer can be configured to receive
PCL print jobs over an AppleTalk connection using
the Configuration command. The HP LaserJet 4 MIO
AppleTalk interfaces support three key values: RENAME,
JOB, and TYPE. These keys are used for configuring an
installed LocalTalk or EtherTalk MIO card to allow PCL
print jobs generated by a Macintosh host to be printed.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-7

Notes

PostScript in the HP LaserJet 4 printer supports the
PostScript level 1 operators setprintername,
AppleTalktype, and jobname, and the PostScript level 2
setdevparams operator to allow PostScript print jobs to
change the Name Binding Protocol (NBP) printer name
and printer type, as well as change the print job name.
MIO sub-system in the printer accepts a new NBP
printer name, NBP printer type, and job name from
either the PCL or PostScript personalities. The printer
passes that information across the MIO interface to the
installed MIO card which indicated support for the MIO
AppleTalk extensions. The MIO sub-system will treat the
PCL NBP type and the PostScript NBP type separately.
For information about AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol
refer to Inside AppleTalk published by Addison Wesley
Company, Inc.
RENAME
RENAME changes the printer name portion of the printer’s
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol name field.
?&b#WRENAMEprintername
Valid characters for the printer name include 0-255 except
for characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D),
and $C5. The printername must contain at least one
character, and only the first 31 characters are used. If an
invalid character ($00 is not treated as an invalid
character) is contained in the printername, the printer will
ignore the escape sequence. If the printer encounters the
NULL ($00) character, the printer uses the NULL character
to terminate the printer name. All the characters preceding
the NULL will be used. If another device on the AppleTalk
network uses the same printer name, another character is
added to the end of the printer name.
The default printername is the printer model (for example,
“HP LaserJet 4”).

2-8 Printer-Specific Differences

JOB
JOB renames the current job name.
?&b#WJOBjobname
All characters are valid. For the job name the first 127
characters are used.
There is no default jobname.
TYPE
TYPE changes the type (device type) portion of the printer’s
AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol type field.
?&b#WTYPEdevicetype
Valid characters for the device type include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D), and
$C5. The devicetype must contain at least one character,
and only the first 31 characters are used. If an invalid
character ($00 is not treated as an invalid character) is
contained in the devicetype, the printer will ignore the
escape sequence. If the printer encounters the NULL ($00)
character in the devicetype, it uses the NULL character to
terminate the device type. All the characters preceding the
NULL will be used as the devicetype. If the device type is
invalid then the printer’s type is not changed.
The default device type for PCL is “HP LaserJet 4” and for
PostScript is “LaserWriter”.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-9

HP LaserJet 4Si
Printer

The HP LaserJet 4Si printer is the follow-on to the HP
LaserJet IIISi printer. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer
contains many new PCL features over the HP LaserJet
IIISi. PCL support for the HP LaserJet 4Si printer is
identical to the HP LaserJet 4 printer except for the
addition of the duplex feature, dual output bin (see Table
1-1) and resource saving.
Like the HP LaserJet IIISi printer, the HP LaserJet 4Si
supports the HP LaserJet IIISi features listed in Table 2-1
with two exceptions. First, is that the HP LaserJet 4Si does
not support ITC Zapf Dingbats. Font support for the HP
LaserJet 4Si is identical to the HP LaserJet 4 printer (refer
to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,”
for complete font support information). The other exception
concerns job separation. The PCL Job Separation command
is not supported. The HP LaserJet 4Si printer handles job
separation through the control panel. If a PCL Job
Separation command is received by the printer it will be
ignored. Refer to the HP LaserJet 4Si User’s Manual (part
number C2010-90901) for additional information.
Resource saving, a new feature in the HP LaserJet 4Si
printer, allows saving information for the current language
(PCL or PostScript) when switching to the other language.
If resource saving is enabled (from the control panel or PJL;
no PCL commands are required for this operation), all the
permanent fonts, macros, and user-defined patterns plus
some other miscellaneous data is saved in a reserved
portion of printer memory. This data is stored until
the language is enabled again. When the language is
re-enabled, the stored data will be made available for use.

2-10 Printer-Specific Differences

HP LaserJet 4L
Printer

The HP LaserJet 4L printer is a smaller, low-cost HP
LaserJet printer. The control panel on this printer is
limited to one button with four indicators. Many of
the control panel functions must be controlled programmatically using Hewlett-Packard’s Printer Job Language
(refer to the Printer Job Language Technical Reference
Manual, part number 5021-0380 for detailed PJL
information).
The HP LaserJet 4L printer PCL command features are
identical to those of the HP LaserJet 4 printer PCL
features, except for some differences in parameter values
(such as for paper source—refer to Table 1-1). Additional
features which do not require PCL command control
include EconoMode and HP Memory Enhancement
technology (MEt). EconoMode causes the printer to print
less dots, thus saving toner. Memory Enhancement
technology involves some memory saving techniques to
better utilize available memory (refer to Chapter 5,
“Memory Usage” for additional information).
Typefaces in the HP LaserJet 4L printer are different from
those of the HP LaserJet 4 printer. The HP LaserJet 4
printer contains both Intellifont and TrueType scaling
technologies, but the 4L contains only Intellifont scaling
technology. Thus, the 4L does not contain any of the
TrueType typefaces, with one modification. The TrueType
Wingdings typeface has been converted to Intellifont format
and is available in the printer as an Intellifont typeface
(refer to Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol
Sets” for additional information).

Printer-Specific Differences 2-11

HP LaserJet 4ML
Printer

The HP LaserJet 4ML printer is similar to the HP LaserJet
4L printer, however, the 4ML includes PostScript and a
LocalTalk I/O for printing in the Macintosh environment.
The HP LaserJet 4ML printer also includes some new PCL
features: print model logical operation (ROP3) and pixel
placement, as described on the following pages.
The HP LaserJet 4ML supports the typefaces that the HP
LaserJet 4 printer supports. Several of the typefaces in the
HP LaserJet 4ML printer have additional support for the
Latin 2 and Latin 5 symbol sets (refer to Chapter 3,
“Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for complete
font support information).

Table 2-4.

PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4ML
Feature

Paper (Job) Size Command

Status

Comments

Modified

An additional parameter (101) has been added to provide
support for custom size.
Modifies the print model to allow logical operations (such as
AND, OR, XOR, NOT) to be performed on source, texture,
and destination.
Allows user to select either grid intersection or grid
centered placement of pixels when rendering an image in
PCL.
Allows user to select either grid intersection or grid
centered placement of pixels when rendering an image in
HP-GL/2.
Allows the user to use logical operations (ROP’s) in
HP-GL/2.

Logical Operations

New

Pixel Placement (PCL)

New

Pixel Placement (HP-GL/2)

New

Merge Control

New

2-12 Printer-Specific Differences

Logical Operations

With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer the
print model was expanded to include logical operations.
The basic print model defines how a pattern, source image,
and destination image are applied to each other using the
print model’s transparent and opaque modes to produce a
resulting image (refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference Manual for detailed information about
the basic print model operation). The Logical Operations
(?*l#O) command can apply logical functions (e.g., AND,
OR, XOR, NOT) to any of these operands except
transparency, which must be specified first.
The print model process consists of the following steps:
1. Specify source and/or pattern transparency modes, if
desired.
2. Specify the logical operation (or use the default).
3. Define the desired operands (source, destination,
pattern).
Definitions
Source: The source image may be one of the following:
HP-GL/2 primitives
Rules
Characters
Raster images (single plane mask or multiplane color)
Destination: The destination image contains whatever is
currently defined on the page. It includes any images
placed through previous operations.
Pattern or Texture: The pattern is defined by Current
Pattern (?*v#T). The terms pattern and texture are used
interchangeably in this section.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-13

Transparency Modes: The white pixels of the source and/or
pattern may be made transparent (source transparency 0,
pattern transparency 0). The destination shows through
these areas.
Transparency modes are set by the Source Transparency
(?*v#N) and Pattern Transparency (?*v#O) commands
(refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual).
The print model allows logical operations, such as AND,
OR, XOR, NOT, to be performed on source, texture, and
destination images. Transparency modes and Logical
Operation must be specified before printable data is sent.
Operators
Source Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
Pattern Transparency (specified before logical operation;
default is transparent)
Logical Operators (default is Texture OR Source)
Operands
Source objects: character cell, raster image, rule,
HP-GL/2 vectors and polygons
Texture: pattern mask
Destination: current page definition
Assuming three bits per pixel, the following diagram shows
the print model process.

2-14 Printer-Specific Differences

Notes

The Logical Operation command (?*l#O) provides 255
possible logical operations. All of these logic operations
map directly to their ROP3 (raster operation)
counterparts (see the Microsoft Document, Reference,
Volume 2, Chapter 11, Binary and Ternary Raster
Operation Codes).
The logical operations were defined by Microsoft
Windows for an RGB color space (a ‘‘1’’ is white and a “0”
is black).

Logical Operations
and Transparency
Interactions

As described above, transparency modes operate in addition
to logical operations. The logical operations in Table 2-5,
Logical Operations (ROP3), on the following pages, are true
only if source and pattern transparency (for white pixels)
are explicitly set to opaque (?*v1N and ?*v1O). If source
and/or pattern transparency modes are transparent
(defaulted), the additional operations shown on the
following page must be performed to achieve the final
result.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-15

The four basic interactions are:
Case 1: Source and Pattern are opaque.
Return ROP3 ( Dest, Src, Texture ).
Case 2: Source is opaque, Pattern is transparent.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 ( Dest, Src, Texture ).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3, & Not Src.
Image_B = Temporary_ROP3 & Pattern.
Image_C = Not Pattern & Src & Dest.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C
Case 3: Source is transparent, Pattern is opaque.
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 ( Dest, Src, Texture ).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Return Image_A | Image_B
Case 4: Source and Pattern are transparent
Temporary_ROP3 = ROP3 ( Dest, Src, Texture ).
Image_A = Temporary_ROP3 & Src & Pattern.
Image_B = Dest & Not Src.
Image_C = Dest & Not Pattern.
Return Image_A | Image_B | Image_C.

2-16 Printer-Specific Differences

Logical Operation
Command

Specifies the logical operation to be performed in RGB color
space on the destination, source and texture to produce new
destination data.
?*l#O
# = Logical operation value (see Table 2-6)
Default = 252 (TSo)
Range = 0 to 255

Note

When source and/or pattern transparency modes are set
opaque (not defaulted), values specified by this command
map directly to the ROP3 (raster operation) table values on
the following page. However, when source and/or pattern
transparency modes are set transparent, the additional
operations shown on the previous page must be performed
to achieve the final result.
Logical operations in the table are shown in RPN (reverse
polish notation). For example, the value 225 corresponds to
TDSoxn, the logical function of
NOT (texture XOR (source OR destination))

Notes

This command is the PCL Version of the HP-GL/2 MC
command.
This command sets the ROP value which affects not only
PCL operation but also the HP-GL/2 ROP value.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-17

Example:

The Logical Operation default value is 252 (TSo),
corresponding to a logical function of:
(texture | source)
The result is computed below for both case 1 (source
and pattern opaque) and case 4 (source and pattern
transparent) on the previous page. Note that the ROP3
value of 252 results only with case 1, when both source and
pattern transparency modes are set to opaque.

Table 2-5.

Logical Operation (ROP3)
Bits
7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Texture

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

Source

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

Destination

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1
1
1
(decimal 252)

1

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

ROP3 (source & pattern are opaque)

ROP3 +Transparencies
(source & pattern are transparent)

1

1

1

Each column of destination, source, and texture values are
the input to the logical function. The result, 252, is the
value that would be sent to identify the logical operation
(source and pattern transparency modes are opaque). The
last row, “ROP3 + Transparencies (source & pattern are
transparent)” shows the result if source and pattern
transparency modes are transparent (the default
transparency mode).

2-18 Printer-Specific Differences

Table of Logical Operations
Table 2-6, Logical Operations (ROP3), shows the mapping
between input values and their logical operations. Note
that the logical operations are specified as RPN (reverse
polish notation) equations. Here is a key to describe what
the Boolean Function values mean;
S = Source

a = AND

T = Texture

o = OR

D = Destination

n = NOT
x = EXCLUSIVE OR

Note

Since logical operations are interpreted in RGB space
(white = 1 and black = 0) rather than in CMY space
(white = 0 and black = 1), the results may not be intuitive.
For example, ORing a white object with a black object in
RGB space yields a white object. This is the same as
ANDing the two objects in CMY space. It must be remembered that the printer operates in something similar to a
CMY space and inverts the bits and reverses the order.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-19

Table 2-6.

Logical Operations (ROP3)

Input Value
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

2-20 Printer-Specific Differences

Boolean Function
0
DTSoon
DTSona
TSon
SDTona
DTon
TDSxnon
TDSaon
SDTnaa
TDSxon
DTna
TSDnaon
STna
TDSnaon
TDSonon
Tn
TDSona
DSon
SDTxnon
SDTaon
DTSxnon
DTSaon
TSDTSanaxx
SSTxDSxaxn
STxTDxa
SDTSanaxn
TDSTaox

Input Value
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

Boolean Function
SDTSxaxn
TSDTaox
DSTDxaxn
TDSox
TDSoan
DTSnaa
SDTxon
DSna
STDnaon
STxDSxa
TDSTanaxn
SDTSaox
SDTSxnox
DTSxa
TSDTSaoxxn
DTSana
SSTxTDxaxn
STDSoax
TSDnox
TSDTxox
TSDnoan
TSna
SDTnaon
SDTSoox
Sn
STDSaox
STDSxnox

Table 2-6.

Logical Operations (ROP3) continued

Input Value
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80

Boolean Function
SDTox
SDToan
TSDToax
STDnox
STDSxox
STDnoan
TSx
STDSonox
STDSnaox
TSan
TSDnaa
DTSxon
SDxTDxa
STDSanaxn
SDna
DTSnaon
DSTDaox
TSDTxaxn
SDTxa
TDSTDaoxxn
DTSDoax
TDSnox
SDTana
SSTxDSxoxn
TDSTxox
TDSnoan
TDna

Input Value
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

Boolean Function
DSTnaon
DTSDaox
STDSxaxn
DTSonon
Dn
DTSox
DTSoan
TDSToax
DTSnox
DTx
DTSDonox
DTSDxox
DTSnoan
DTSDnaox
DTan
TDSxa
DSTDSaoxxn
DSTDoax
SDTnox
SDTSoax
DSTnox
DSx
SDTSonox
DSTDSonoxxn
TDSxxn
DTSax
TSDTSoaxxn

Printer-Specific Differences 2-21

Table 2-6.

Logical Operations (ROP3) continued

Input Value
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134

2-22 Printer-Specific Differences

Boolean Function
SDTax
TDSTDoaxxn
SDTSnoax
TDSxnan
TDSana
SSDxTDxaxn
SDTSxox
SDTnoan
DSTDxox
DSTnoan
SDTSnaox
DSan
TDSax
DSTDSoaxxn
DTSDnoax
SDTxnan
STDSnoax
DTSxnan
STxDSxo
DTSaan
DTSaa
STxDSxon
DTSxna
STDSnoaxn
SDTxna
TDSTnoaxn
DSTDSoaxx

Input Value
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161

Boolean Function
TDSaxn
DSa
SDTSnaoxn
DSTnoa
DSTDxoxn
SDTnoa
SDTSxoxn
SSDxTDxax
TDSanan
TDSxna
SDTSnoaxn
DTSDToaxx
STDaxn
TSDTSoaxx
DTSaxn
DTSxx
TSDTSonoxx
SDTSonoxn
DSxn
DTSoaxn
SDTSoaxn
STDnax
DSTDoaxn
DSTDSaoxx
TDSxan
DTa
TDSTnaoxn

Table 2-6.

Logical Operations (ROP3) continued

Input Value
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188

Boolean Function
DTSnoa
DTSDxoxn
TDSTonoxn
TDxn
DSTnax
TDSToaxn
DTSoa
DTSoxn
D
DTSono
STDSxax
DTSDaoxn
DSTnao
DTno
TDSnoa
TDSTxoxn
SSTxDSxox
SDTanan
TSDnax
DTSDoaxn
DTSDTaoxx
SDTxan
TSDTxax
DSTDaoxn
DTSnao
DSno
STDSanax

Input Value
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215

Boolean Function
SDxTDxan
DTSxo
DTSano
TSa
STDSnaoxn
STDSonoxn
TSxn
STDnoa
STDSxoxn
SDTnax
TSDToaxn
SDToa
STDoxn
DTSDxax
STDSaoxn
S
SDTono
SDTnao
STno
TSDnoa
TSDTxoxn
TDSnax
STDSoaxn
SSTxTDxax
DTSanan
TSDTSaoxx
DTSxan

Printer-Specific Differences 2-23

Table 2-6.

Logical Operations (ROP3) continued

Input Value
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235

2-24 Printer-Specific Differences

Boolean Function
TDSTxax
SDTSaoxn
DTSDanax
STxDSxan
STDnao
SDno
SDTxo
SDTano
TDSoa
TDSoxn
DSTDxax
TSDTaoxn
SDTSxax
TDSTaoxn
SDTSanax
STxTDxan
SSTxDSxax
DSTDSanaxxn
DTSao
DTSxno

Input Value
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255

Boolean Function
SDTao
SDTxno
DSo
SDTnoo
T
TDSono
TDSnao
TSno
TSDnao
TDno
TDSxo
TDSano
TDSao
TDSxno
DTo
DTSnoo
TSo
TSDnoo
DTSoo
1

Pixel Placement
Command

This command determines how pixels are rendered in
images.
?*l # R
# = 0 - Grid intersection
1 - Grid centered
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1 (command is ignored for other
values)
Two models are used for rendering pixels when an image is
placed on paper:
Grid Intersection Model
Grid Centered Model
This command can be invoked multiple times during a
page. It has no effect except to switch the model being used
for imaging.

Note

The PCL Pixel Placement command determines how pixels
are placed for both PCL and HP-GL/2 operation.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-25

The example shown in Figure 2-1 illustrates the concepts
of the two models. Assume a rectangle extends from
coordinate position (1,1) to position (3,4). As shown below,
each model produces a different result. (Since PCL printers
print only at intersections, grid centered pixel placement is
implemented as shown on the right.)

Figure 2-1. Pixel Placement
The grid centered model produces a rectangle that is one
dot row thinner and one dot row shorter than the grid
intersection model. The grid intersection model is the PCL
default.

Note

2-26 Printer-Specific Differences

The grid centered method is used by Microsoft Windows.

Placement Variations
PCL and HP-GL/2 (see following pages for HP-GL/2 pixel
placement command description) provide two pixel
placement modes: grid intersection (the default) and grid
centered. Grid intersection places pixels on the
intersections of the grid (see Figure 2-2). Grid centered
places pixels in the center of the grid. In Figure 2-2, a
rectangle extends from position (1,1) to (3,4). The grid
centered model produces a rectangle one dot thinner and
one dot shorter then the grid intersection model.
When rectangular area fills are used and grid intersection
is used, an overlapping of pixels can occur if rectangular
area fills are placed adjacent to one another (as shown
below). Depending on the raster operation presently in
effect, this overlap can produce undesirable results in the
final printed image. To avoid this problem, use the grid
centered method.

Note

Since PCL printers print only at intersections, grid centered
is implemented as shown on the right.

Figure 2-2. Pixel Placement Variations

Printer-Specific Differences 2-27

Pixel Placement
Command (HP-GL/2)

The Pixel Placement (PP) command controls how pixels are
placed on the layout grid during polygon fills. Two pixel
placement modes are grid intersection or grid centered.
PP [mode] ;

Pixel Placement Command (HP-GL/2)
Parameter
mode

Format
clamped integer

Functional Range
0 or 1

Default
0 (grid intersection)

mode
0 =

1 =

grid intersection; device draws pixels
centered at grid intersections (see
Figure 2-1).
grid centered; device draws pixels centered
inside the boxes created by the grid (see
Figure 2-1).

The command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Pixel
Placement command. Whatever mode is selected, using the
HP-GL/2 PP command also applies to PCL operation.
Likewise the PCL Pixel Placement command also affects
HP-GL/2 pixel placement.

Notes

Microsoft Windows fills polygons based on grid centered
method.
This command determines how pixels will be placed for
both HP-GL/2 and PCL operation.
The PP command is not defaulted by an IN command.

2-28 Printer-Specific Differences

Merge Control
Command (HP-GL/2)

The Merge Control (MC) command specifies the raster
operation (ROP’s) to be performed in HP-GL/2. Raster
Operations specify how source, destination, and patterns
are combined to produce final images. This command
supports all 256 Microsoft Windows ternary (ROP3)
raster-operation codes.
MC [mode, [opcode] ] ;

Merge Control Command (HP-GL/2)
Parameter
mode
opcode
1

Format
clamped integer
clamped integer

Functional Range
0 or 1
0...2551

Default
0 (ROP 252)
168, 252

For opcode ROP values refer to Table 2-6, Logical Operation.

mode
0 =
1 =

Notes

opcode value is ignored; printer sets ROP to 252.
opcode value is used as the ROP value. If no
opcode value is sent, printer sets ROP to 168. If
opcode is out of range (some value other then
0-255), the command is ignored and the default
ROP of 252 is used. (For example: MC1,60;
MC1,60-; MC1,+60; MC1,60+; all set the ROP to
60; however, MC1,-60; or MC1,300; set the ROP
to the default value (252).

This command is the HP-GL/2 version of the PCL Logical
Operation command.
This command sets a ROP value which affects not only
HP-GL/2 operation but also the PCL ROP value.
The MC command is defaulted by an IN command.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-29

Note

When using the MC command, some pattern types will not
produce the expected ROP result. This only occurs when
using the FT (Fill Type) command pattern types 1, 2, 3, and
4, and the ROP includes an XOR operation. (This problem
is due to the fact that these patterns are the result of a
vector operation and do not produce raster data for use by a
ROP operation.) All other Fill Type command patterns
(types, 10, 11, 21, or 22) operate as expected.
opcode
The operation code (opcode) specifies the logical operations
that are performed on a source, destination, and patterned
image prior to drawing the final image. The opcodes are
created by listing all possible combinations of a single
pattern, source and destination pixel, and constructing the
desired final pixel values. The following table shows three
common opcodes (also see Table 2-6).

Table 2-7.

Common Opcodes

Pixel Combinations
Pattern Pixel Source Pixel Destination
Pixel
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
Resulting Opcode

2-30 Printer-Specific Differences

0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

Desired Destination Values
Source
Transparency
Source
Overwrite
(TR
Destination
command)
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
204 (0xCC)
238 (0xEE)
102 (0x66)

HP LaserJet 4P
and 4MP Printers

The HP LaserJet 4P printer is the follow-on to the HP
LaserJet IIIP printer. The HP LaserJet 4MP printer is the
multi-platform (PostScript) version of the 4P printer. PCL
operation and the internal fonts in these two printers are
identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4ML printer. The 4P
and 4MP printers have a control panel unlike the 4L and
4ML printers. Refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support
Matrix, for the commands these printers support and to
Chapter 3, “Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for
font support information.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-31

HP LaserJet 4PJ
Printer

Table 2-8.

The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer is a modified version of the
HP LaserJet 4P printer designed specifically for the
Japanese market. The enhanced PCL 5 printer language in
this printer includes all of the PCL 5 features of the HP
LaserJet 4P, plus special features which specifically support
the Asian printing market. These features include large
font support, support for vertical printing, and the ESC/P
printer language. Table 2-8 lists the PCL feature additions
for this printer.

PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 4PJ
Status

Comments

Text Parsing Method Command

Feature

New

Character Text Path Direction Command

New

Provides a method for specifying character
codes to select characters in large fonts (> 256
characters).
Allows vertical printing for Asian markets,
which use both horizontal and vertical printing.
Adds Font Format 16, a font header which
supports large TrueType fonts. Five new font
header segments are supported.
The resident typefaces are different than those
in the HP LaserJet 4P printer. Two large fonts
(fonts containing a large number of characters)
are included to support the Japanese market:
MS Mincho and MS Gothic. The printer also
contains some Western TrueType typefaces
(Arial and Times Roman families). The printer
does not have any Intellifont typefaces except
the Courier family.
Adds support for JIS B5 paper (?&l45A) and
two Japanese postcard sizes: Hagaki (?&l71A)
and Oufuku-Hagaki (?&l72A).
Allows pseudo-bold and pseudo-italic
enhancements to be applied to MS Mincho, MS
Gothic, and certain downloaded TrueType fonts.

Font Header Format

Modified

Fonts

New Additions
and Deletions

Page Size Command

New Additions

Character Enhancements

2-32 Printer-Specific Differences

New

Descriptions of the Text Parsing Method Command,
Character Text Path Direction Command, and Font Format
16 are provided in the following paragraphs. Following
that, a “LaserJet 4PJ Programming Tips” section offers
examples and tips for performing specific tasks using PCL 5.

Text Parsing Method
Command

The Text Parsing Method command informs the PCL parser
whether character codes should be interpreted as 1-byte or
2-byte character codes as described below.
?&t#P
# = 0, 1 - All character codes are processed as
one-byte characters.
21 - Character codes are processed as one-byte
or two-byte characters as described below.
31 - Character codes are processed as one-byte
or two-byte characters as described below.
38 - Character codes are processed as one-byte
or two-byte characters as described below.
Default = 0 or 31 (if the default symbol set is
WIN31J, the value is 31; otherwise it is 0)
Range = 0, 1, 21, 31, 38
If the value field is 21, character codes in the range
0x21-0xFF are processed as the first byte of a two-byte
character. The following byte is processed as the second
byte of the two-byte character. All character codes outside
this range are processed as one-byte values. This method
can be used for parsing characters in Asian seven-bit
encoding specifications, including JIS X0208 (Japan), GB
2312-80 (China), and KS C 5601-1992 (Korea).
If the value field is 31, character codes in the range
0x81-0x9F and 0xE0-0xFC are processed as the first byte of
a two-byte character. The following byte is processed as the
second byte of the two-byte character. All character codes
outside this range are processed as one-byte values. This

Printer-Specific Differences 2-33

method can be used for parsing characters in the Shift-JIS
encoding specification.
If the value field is 38, character codes in the range
0x80-0xFF are processed as the first byte of a two-byte
character. The following byte is processed as the second
byte of the two-byte character. All character codes outside
this range are processed as one-byte values. This
method can be used for parsing Asian eight-bit encoding
specifications, such as the Big Five and TCA encoding
specifications (Taiwan), and KS C 5601-1992 and GB
2312-80, which can be either 7 or 8 bit.

Character Text Path
Direction Command

This command allows the user to vertically rotate text for
use in vertical writing applications.
?&c#T
# = 0 - Horizontal printing
–1 - Vertical rotated printing
Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
Using ?&c0T, the printer’s current active position (CAP)
advances left to right, and linefeed advances top to bottom
with horizontal, upright characters.
Using ?&c–1T, the following actions occur:
Full-width characters in large fonts are rotated
counter-clockwise 90 degrees (“vertical rotated”
characters).
Vertical substitutes are made for characters which
change their appearance, orientation, or positioning
when written vertically.
All other characters are unaffected by this setting.
The vertical-rotated printing mode (?&c-1T) has the
effect of transforming a portrait page with horizontal
text into a landscape page with vertical text. The PCL
Print Direction command can be used to achieve other
text orientations.

2-34 Printer-Specific Differences

Vertical substitution characters are those characters which
change their appearance, orientation, or positioning when
written vertically. Examples in Japanese fonts include
parentheses, brackets, punctuation and small kana. In the
example above, the two small characters are replaced with
vertical substitutes. Vertical substitution characters are
accessed through the Vertical Substitutes Character
Segment, which is described in more detail later in this
chapter.

Font Header
Format 16

The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer provides support for large
fonts. Large fonts, such as the MS Mincho and MS Gothic
fonts supplied in the printer, are fonts which are bound to
large symbol sets. The LaserJet 4PJ printer supports a new
font header to accomodate large bound fonts. New segments
are provided for support of vertical substitutes, galley
characters, typeface strings, and character enhancements.
The Font Header Command, described beginning on page
11-6 of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual, has several different header formats. The support
of large fonts adds Font Header Format 16 (Universal Font
Header). Font Header Format 16 is identical in structure to
format 15 (Universal Scalable Font Header) except that the
size field for data segments has been enlarged from 16 bits
to 32 bits, and a new Font Type has been added for large
fonts (Font Type 3).

Printer-Specific Differences 2-35

New Font Format
Header Segments

For the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer, Font Header Format 15
has been extended to include optional data segments for
supporting galley characters, typeface strings, and
character enhancements. Font Format 16 supports these
segments plus optional segments for supporting vertical
substitution and a vertical rotation offset. (Segmented Font
Data is described beginning on page 11-45 of the PCL 5
Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.)
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist
within the current font, the printer checks the Galley
Character Segment for a substitute character to print.
Vertical Substitution Character Segment
The Vertical Substitution Character Segment is used to
identify vertical substitute glyphs for characters which
change their appearance, orientation, or positioning when
written vertically.
Typeface String Segment
The Typeface String Segment allows names of permanent
downloaded fonts to be displayed, using non-Latin
characters, in the appropriate typeface on the Typeface List.
Vertical Rotation Segment
When the character text path direction is set to vertical
rotation, full-width characters are rotated counter-clockwise
90°. The Vertical Rotation Segment sets the point around
which the character rotates, so that character alignment is
compatible with the way Windows 3.1J rotates characters.
Character Enhancement Segment
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer can apply pseudo-bold and
pseudo-italic enhancements to MS Mincho, MS Gothic, and
certain downloaded TrueType fonts. This segment is used to
indicate that a particular downloaded font is able to have
these character enhancements applied.

2-36 Printer-Specific Differences

Table 2-9.

Printer Segment Support for Font Format 16
Segment
LJ 4PJ LJ 4V/
4MV
✓
✓
Galley Character – GC
✓
✓
Vertical Substitution – VT
✓
✓
Typeface string – TF
✓
✓
Vertical Rotation – VR
✓
✓
Character Enhancement – CE
✓
Bitmap Resolution – BR *
ns
TrueType fonts
Bitmap fonts *

LJ 4LC

LJ 4LJ
Pro

DJ 1600

LJ 5P

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

ns

✓

✓

✓

ns – not supported

* Format 16 bitmap font support is described beginning on page 2-63.

Description of Font
Header Segments

Each font header data segment contains three parts:
Segment Identifier
Data Segment Size
Data Segment
Segment Identifier Values
The Segment Identifier Values for the Galley Character,
Vertical Substitution Character, Typeface String, Vertical
Rotation, and Character Enhancement Segments are as
shown in the following table.
Value
18243
22100
21574
22098
17221

Mnemonic*
GC
VT
TF
VR
CE

Data Segment
Galley Character Segment
Vertical Substitute Segment
Typeface String Segment
Vertical Rotation Segment
Character Enhancement Segment

* The mnemonic is obtained when the two bytes of this big-endian word are treated as
ASCII characters.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-37

Data Segment Size
The Data Segment Size indicates the number of bytes in
the immediately following Data Segment. The size of this
field is 4 bytes for Font Format 16 fonts, and 2 bytes for
Font Format 15 fonts. The rest of the data segments are
identical for both font formats.
Galley Character Segment
If an application requests a character that does not exist
within the current font, the printer checks the Galley
Character Segment for a substitute character to print
instead. The Galley Character Segment specifies the
character codes of the substitute characters to be printed.
A different galley character can be specified for different
regions of the symbol set. For example, this segment can
be set up so that an asterisk prints when a non-existent
character is selected in the region 0x81 - 0x9F, and a
question mark for characters in the region 0xE0-0xFC.
Byte
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
...
6*n+6
6*n+8
6*n+10

15 (MSB)
8
7
(LSB) 0
GC (18243)
Data Segment Size (6*n+6) *
Format = 0
Default Galley Character
Number of Regions (n)
Region #1 Upper Left Character Code
Region #1 Lower Right Character Code
Region #1 Galley Character
Region #n Upper Left Character Code
Region #n Lower Right Character Code
Region #n Galley Character

Byte
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
...
6*n+7
6*n+9
6*n+11

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

2-38 Printer-Specific Differences

Default Galley Character (UI). Character code of the
character to be printed when a specified character is not
within any of the defined regions.
Number of Regions (UI). Number of regions for which
galley characters are defined. Regions are defined for a
table in which the first character code byte specifies the
row and the second byte specifies the column.
Region #x Upper Left Character Code (UI).
Character code defining upper left corner of Region #x.
Region #x Lower Right Character Code (UI).
Character code defining lower right corner of Region #x.
Region #x Galley Character (UI). Character code of
the character to be printed when a character within
Region #x is missing from the selected font.
If the value of the galley character field is 0xFFFF, then if
the font contains a missing character glyph, that glyph is
printed. The missing character glyph can be downloaded
using the PCL Download Character command with a
character code = 0xFFFF and a glyph ID = 0.
If both the character specified by the original character code
and by the galley character code are missing, the CAP is
advanced in accordance with previous PCL rules for
missing characters, that is, it is advanced according to the
current setting of HMI (Horizontal Motion Index).
The Galley Character Segment will be invalid if the format
number is not supported or if the segment size declared in
the Segment Size field is larger or smaller than required for
the number of regions (N). If the segment is invalid, the
font download will be ignored.
Galley Character Segments can be downloaded with any
Font Format 15 or 16 font, regardless of font type.
The Galley Character Segment can be used to implement a
requirement of the Microsoft Windows Version 3.1, Japanese
Version, Microsoft Standard Character Set Specification
(March 11, 1993), which states “when there is an output
request for a character of a specified typeface, even if the
glyph corresponding to the specified character code does not

Printer-Specific Differences 2-39

exist, some glyph data will be output. For double-byte
characters, the glyph of the default character defined for
the given TrueType font is used. For single-byte characters,
the glyph at 0xA5 (small dot, U+FF65) is used.”
The following table shows a Galley Character Segment
which follows the Japanese Windows specification.
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

GC (18243)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (12) *

3
5

6

Format = 0

7

8

Default Galley Character = 0xFFFF

9

10

Number of Regions (n) = 1

11

12

Region #1 Upper Left
Character Code = 0x0000

13

14

Region #1 Lower Right
Character Code = 0x00FF

15

16

Region #1 Galley Character = 0x00A5

17

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

In this example segment, there is one galley character
region. This region is applied to all one-byte characters
(character codes 0x0000-0x00FF); any missing character in
this region is replaced with the character at character code
location 0x00A5. Any missing characters falling into this
region (e.g. character codes 0x0100 - 0xFFFF) are replaced
with the default galley character. Since in this example the
Default Galley Character field = 0xFFFF, the missing
character glyph is printed if it is present in the font.

2-40 Printer-Specific Differences

Vertical Substitution Segment
The Vertical Substitution Segment contains pairs of glyph
IDs. Each pair specifies the horizontal and vertical glyph ID
for a character. The segment can be built directly from a
TrueType mort table which contains a vertical substitution
array. The segment definition is shown in the table below.
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

0

VT (22100)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (4*n+4) *

3
5

6

Horizontal Glyph ID #1

7

8

Vertical Glyph ID #1

9

...

Byte

...

4*n+2

Horizontal Glyph ID #n

4*n+3

4*n+4

Vertical Glyph ID #n

4*n+5

4*n+6

End of table mark #1 = 0xFFFF

4*n+7

4*n+8

End of table mark #2 = 0xFFFF

4*n+9

The Horizontal Glyph ID field is used by TrueType as an ID
number for the horizontal glyph data associated with a
given character. The Vertical Glyph ID field contains the ID
number for the vertical glyph data associated with the
same character.
The vertical glyphs can be downloaded using the PCL
Character Definition Command using a character code =
0xFFFF.
A TrueType mort table typically contains a header of 76
bytes, followed by the vertical substitution array which
follows the segment format described here. However, the
mort table header is designed to be variable-length, and the
location of the vertical substitution data may be located
elsewhere in mort tables in future fonts.
If the Font Type is not Type 3 (16-bit fonts), this data
segment is ignored.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-41

If the value pairs are not sorted by horizontal glyph ID, the
data segment is invalid. If the End of Table mark #1 is not
0xFFFF, the data segment is invalid. The location of the
end of the table is determined using the Data Segment Size
field. If the segment is invalid, the font download is ignored.
Typeface String Segment
The purpose of this segment is to provide a substitute
string to print for a permanent downloaded font when doing
a PCL Typeface List printout. It has the following structure:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (2*n+2) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag

7

8

Substitute String Character List

Substitute String
Length (n)

...

9
...

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

Embedded Font Name Flag (UB)—A zero value in this field
is used to indicate that the ASCII name of the font (from
the Font Name field) should be printed in addition to the
substitute string. A non-zero value is used to indicate that
only the substitute string should be printed.
Substitute String Length (UB)—the number of UI
characters in the Substitute String Character List.
Substitute String Character List (array of UI)—the
characters which make up the substitute string. Each
character is represented as a UI value. If the font is a
bound font, then the values are accessed by their
character codes values; if the font is unbound, then the
Unicode index numbers (see Appendix D) are used.

2-42 Printer-Specific Differences

The Typeface String Segment will be invalid if the Data
Segment Size declared in the Data Segment Size field is
larger or smaller than required for substitute string length,
or if the Data Segment Size is an odd number of bytes. If
the segment is invalid, the font download will be ignored.
Typeface String Segments can be downloaded with any
Font Format 15 or Font Format 16 font, regardless of font
type.
The following tables are examples of Typeface String
Segments for two downloaded fonts. The first is for MS
Mincho, and has the embedded font name flag set to true.
The second is for MS Gothic, and has the embedded font
name flag set to false.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-43

MS Mincho
Byte

15 (MSB)

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment
Size (10) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag = 1

8
10
12
14

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

Substitute String
Length = 4

7

Substitute String Character List =
0x826c
(Note: these are full-width
0x8272
Shift-JIS character codes
0x96be
for “MS” and Kanji
0x92a9
“Mincho” )

9
11
13
15

MS Gothic
Byte

15 (MSB)

0

TF (21574)

1

2
4

Data Segment
Size (14) *

3
5

6

Embedded Font
Name Flag = 0

8
10
12
14
16
18

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

Substitute String
Length = 6

Substitute String Character List =
0x826c
(Note: these are full-width
0x8272
Shift-JIS character codes
0x8353
for “MS” and Katakana for
0x8356
“Gothic” )
0x8362
0x834e

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

2-44 Printer-Specific Differences

7

9
11
13
15
17
19

The following illustration shows how the PCL Typeface List
would look.

Vertical Rotation Segment
The Vertical Rotation Segment is used to define the lower
boundary of the rotation box used when the character text
path direction is set to vertical rotation. This is an optional
segment which may be downloaded with Font Format 16
TrueType fonts.
The following illustration shows an example of character
rotation. The boxes around each character represent the
vertical rotation box. The distance between the baseline
and the bottom of the character box is represented by the
Descender value in the Vertical Rotation Segment.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-45

The structure of the Vertical Rotation Segment is:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

VR (22098)

1

2
4

Data Segment Size (4) *

3
5

6

Format (0)

7

8

Descender value

9

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

Format (UINT16)—Set this value to 0.
Descender Value (SINT16)—Set this value to equal the
“sTypoDescender” value from the “OS/2” table of the
TrueType font.

2-46 Printer-Specific Differences

If the Vertical Rotation Segment is not downloaded with
the font definition, a default value is used for the
Descender value. The default value is set to the following:
Descender value = -36/256 * ScaleFactor
Where: ScaleFactor is Bytes 64 and 65 from the
Font Format 16 Font Header.
Character Enhancement Segment
This segment indicates whether the pseudo-bold or
pseudo-italic enhancements can be performed on a
downloaded font.
The structure of the Character Enhancement Segment is:
Byte

15 (MSB)

8

7

(LSB) 0

Byte

0

CE (17221)

1

2

Data Segment Size (8)

3

4

5

6

Style

7

8

9

10

Stroke Weight

11

12

Reserved

13

* This segment is for Font Format 16. The Data Segment Size field for Font Format 16
fonts is 4 bytes; the segment for Font Format 15 fonts is identical except the Data
Segment Size field is 2 bytes instead.

Style (UINT32)—This field specifies the style types that
the printer is allowed to perform on the font characters.
31

4
Reserved

3

0
Posture

Bit Positions (#) = Posture
1 = Italics
0, 2, 3 = Reserved

Printer-Specific Differences 2-47

Stroke Weight (UINT16)—This field specifies the stroke
weights which the printer is allowed to provide using the
pseudo-bold enhancement algorithm.
15

0
Stroke weight

Bit Position (#) = Stroke Weight
0 = Reserved
8 = “Book” or “Text” Weight
1 = Ultra Thin
9 = Semi-Bold
2 = Extra Thin
10 = Demi-Bold
3 = Thin
11 = Bold
4 = Extra Light
12 = Extra Bold
5 = Light
13 = Black
6 = Demi Light
14 = Extra Black
7 = Semi Light
15 = Ultra Black

Note

2-48 Printer-Specific Differences

Only stroke weights greater than the stroke weight of the
font can be provided using the pseudo-bold enhancement
algorithm.

HP LaserJet 4PJ
Programming Tips

This section provides programming tips concerning specific
considerations for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer. This
section covers general print job initialization, font metric
calculation, vertical writing, and other issues which are
pertinent to printing Japanese text on the HP LaserJet 4PJ
printer using PCL 5.
General Print Job Initialization
This example demonstrates the general print job
initialization procedure for the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer,
which is slightly different than that used for other HP
LaserJet printers.
Output from pre-LaserJet 4PJ PCL drivers (for example, a
HP LaserJet 4P driver) will only print correctly on the HP
LaserJet 4PJ printer if the default PCL symbol set is set to
a value other than the Japanese Windows 3.1 (Win3.1J)
symbol set. This is because the default PCL text parsing
method is set based on the default PCL symbol set. When
the default PCL symbol set is set to Win3.1J, the default
text parsing method is Shift-JIS parsing; for any other
value, such as Roman-8, the default text parsing method is
1-byte parsing. To set the default PCL symbol set value, use
PJL or the control panel.
The first example given here is nearly identical to the
initialization used for other HP LaserJet 4 family printers.
The only difference is that it includes a PJL command to set
the default PCL symbol set to Roman-8.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL COMMENT *** This command is added ***
@PJL SET LPARM:PCL SYMSET=ROMAN8
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1s1h2a0o8c6e54F?&a5L?(0U?(s1p9vs3b41
~01T
The commands in the above example are explained in more
detail in the PCL 5 and PJL technical reference manuals.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-49

The second example given here initializes a PCL 5 print job
for printing Japanese text. The major differences from the
previous example are that it specifies A4 paper, initializes
the text parsing method to Shift-JIS, selects Win3.1J as the
primary symbol set, selects MS-Mincho as the primary font.
?%-12345X@PJL
@PJL SET RESOLUTION=600
@PJL PAGEPROTECT=OFF
@PJL RET=MEDIUM
@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL
?E?&l1x1h26a0o8c6e60F?&a5L?&t31P?(19K
~?(s1p10v0s0b28752T
The last line (2 lines, as shown) in the above example is a
PCL 5 initialization string. This set of commands resets the
printer, specifies 1 copy, specifies the paper tray as a paper
source, chooses A4-size paper, selects portrait orientation,
VMI=8 (6LPI), sets top margin to 6 lines, selects a text
length of 60 lines, a 5-column left margin, Shift-JIS
parsing, WIN3.1J symbol set, and a proportional, 10-point,
upright, text-weight MS-Mincho font.
After the PCL print data, the following commands would be
used to complete the job:
?E?%-12345X
Font Metric Calculation
Accurate character placement relies on the ability to predict
character width and height. As a character’s point size
changes, so does its width and height. (CAP displacement,
the distance the CAP moves for vertically rotated text, is a
full-width calculation.)
In proportionally spaced fonts, character widths also vary
from character to character within the font. Variable
character widths add complexity to maintaining accurate
line widths, page breaks, or WYSIWYG operation. To
support most proportionally spaced fonts, font metrics
must be extracted from the font metric files.

2-50 Printer-Specific Differences

In the MS-Mincho and MS-Gothic fonts provided in the HP
LaserJet 4PJ, font metric calculation is somewhat easier
than for the Latin-based fonts. Width calculations are
easier because all characters of these fonts conform to one
of two different character widths at a particular point size.
The characters are either considered full-width or halfwidth. One-byte characters are always half-width and
two-byte characters are always full-width.
Full-width characters occupy the entire EM width at a
particular point size. Half-width characters occupy half of
an EM width. The following equations show how to
calculate the EM width and character widths for a
full-width and a half-width character.
ppem = round (DeviceResolution * PointSize/72)
FullWidthDeltaX = round (ppem * PCLUnits/ DeviceResolution)
HalfWidthDeltaX=round ((ppem/2) * PCLUnits/DeviceResolution)

where:
ppem = EM width in pixels
DeviceResolution = current device resolution in dots per inch
(600 or 300dpi)
PointSize = point size requested
FullWidthDeltaX = character width of full-width character in PCL
Units
HalfWidthDeltaX = character width of half-width character in PCL
Units
PCLUnits = PCL Units

The PCL Unit of measure is explained in more detail in the
PCL 5 Technical Reference Manual. The default PCL Unit
size is 1/300th of an inch, but the Unit of Measure command
can be used to set the PCL Unit size to other values.
Note that HalfWidthDeltaX may not be exactly half of
FullWidthDeltaX because of rounding. For example, if
FullWidthDeltaX = round(99.0) = 99, then the
corresponding HalfWidthDeltaX = round(99.0/2) =
round(49.5) = 50.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-51

Character Enhancements
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer supports PCL pseudo-bold
and pseudo-italic character enhancements. These
enhancements can be applied to the internal MS-Mincho
and MS-Gothic fonts. They can also be applied to a
TrueType soft font if a suitable “Character Enhancement”
Segment is downloaded with the font header.
The enhancements are selected using PCL font selection
commands. The pseudo-italic enhancement can be selected
using the Style command. The pseudo-bold enhancement
can be selected using the Stroke Weight command. The bold
levels which can be applied to the internal MS-Mincho and
MS-Gothic fonts are Semi Bold, Demi Bold, Bold, and Extra
Bold. For example, to select a 10-point, Extra Bold, Italic,
MS-Mincho font, use the following PCL command:
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b28752T
In the above command, Italics style (1s) and Extra Bold
weight (4b) are selected. Since there is not an Extra Bold
Italic MS-Mincho font resident in the printer, pseudo-italics
and pseudo-bolding algorithms are applied to characters
printed from the regular MS-Mincho font.
If a soft font is selected using the “Font Selection by ID”
command (e.g. ?(#X ), the font is selected without any
character enhancements applied. To select a soft font by ID
with character enhancements, first select the font by ID,
then select the desired attributes. For example, assume a
soft font is downloaded with ID = 1 and a Character
Enhancement Segment indicating that pseudo-bold and
pseudo-italics character enhancements can be applied. The
following command can be used to select that font with
those enhancements:
?(1X?(s1s3B
Other font effects, such as character shadowing, strikethrough, and gray-shading can be accomplished using the
print model.

2-52 Printer-Specific Differences

Note

HP-GL/2 as implemented in HP LaserJet printers has no
mechanism for parsing 2-byte characters. Therefore,
HP-GL/2 character transformations (e.g. SI and SR
commands) cannot be applied to these characters.
Vertical Writing
Vertical writing can be accomplished using the vertical
rotated (“-1”) mode of the Character Text Path command
(?&c-1T). When using a vertical rotated text path
direction, full-width characters are rotated and printed “on
their sides.” All other characters are unaffected and the
CAP is still advanced in the horizontal direction. The “-1”
mode has the effect of transforming a portrait page with
horizontal full-width characters into a landscape page with
vertical full-width characters. This can be combined with
the Print Direction command (?&a#P) to achieve the
desired text orientation (e.g. portrait, landscape, reverse
portrait, or reverse landscape).
An example of horizontal and vertical rotated writing is
shown below. The first line of text is horizontal writing and
the second line is vertical rotated writing. Note that the “~”
character is replaced with a vertical substitute on the
second line. The C program that follows was used to
generate the PCL commands for this example.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-53

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH

"\202P\202P\214\216"

#define DAY1

"\202P\202U\223\372"

#define TILDE

"\201\140"

#define DAY2

"\202P\202V\223\372"

#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen("lpt1","wb");

/* open lpt1 for writing */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");
fprintf(prn,"\33E");

/* Enter PCL */

/* send an esc E to reset printer */

fprintf(prn,"\33&a4L");

/* left margin */

fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");

/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */

fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");

/* symbol set = Win3.1J */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,"\n\n\n\r" KANJITXT); /* print horizontal version */
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");

/* select vertical writing */

fprintf(prn,"\n\n\n\r" KANJITXT);
fprintf(prn,"\f");
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* print vertical version */

/* formfeed */
/* send UEL to get to PJL */

}

Printing Ruby Characters (Furigana)
Ruby characters, also known in Japanese as furigana,
are small characters typically used as an aid in kanji
pronunciation. Ruby characters are usually (but not
always) hiragana. They are generally placed above the
corresponding kanji in horizontal writing and to the right
in vertical writing. Ruby characters can be generated using
font scaling and cursor positioning commands.
An example of ruby characters is shown below. In this
example, the ruby characters are printed at one-third the
size of the kanji. The C program that follows was used to
generate the PCL commands for this example.

2-54 Printer-Specific Differences

#include 
#include 
#define KANJITXT "\225\127\226\173"
#define RUBYTXT

"\202\320\202\345\202\244 \202\331\202\361 "

FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=72;
prn = fopen("lpt1","wb");

/* open lpt1 for writing */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");

/* Enter PCL */

fprintf(prn,"\33E");

/* EscE to reset printer */

fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");

/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */

fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");

/* symbol set = Win3.1J */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size);

/* MS-Mincho */

fprintf(prn,"\33*p300x400Y");

/* set cursor position */

fprintf(prn,KANJITXT);

/* print kanji characters */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s%dV",point_size/3); /*furigana point size */
fprintf(prn,"\33*p300x%dY",400-4*point_size);/*cursor position*/
fprintf(prn,RUBYTXT);

/* print ruby characters */

fprintf(prn,"\f");

/* formfeed */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

}

Printer-Specific Differences 2-55

Vertical Underlining
In Japanese writing, vertical underlines are placed to the
right of vertical columns of text. This can be accomplished
in PCL 5 using the Fill Rectangular Area command.
An underline is simply a long thin black-filled box. The
length of the underline depends on the length of the text to
be underlined.
An example of vertical underlining is shown below. The C
program that follows was used to generate the PCL
commands for this example.

2-56 Printer-Specific Differences

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH

"\202P\202P\214\216"

#define DAY1

"\202P\202U\223\372"

#define TILDE

"\201\140"

#define DAY2

"\202P\202V\223\372"

#define KANJITXT MONTH DAY1 TILDE MONTH DAY2
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
prn = fopen("lpt1","wb");

/* open lpt1 for writing */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");

/* Enter PCL */

fprintf(prn,"\33E");

/* Esc E to reset printer */

fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");

/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */

fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");

/* symbol set = Win3.1J */

fprintf(prn,"\33&a270P");

/* print direction = 270 */

fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x1300Y");

/* set CAP position */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size); /* MS-Mincho */
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");

/* select vertical writing */

fprintf(prn, KANJITXT);

/* print vertical text */

fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x%dY",1300-point_size*4); /* set CAP for
underline*/
/* draw underline */
fprintf(prn,"\33*c%da3b0P",300 * strlen(KANJITXT)/2 *
point_size/72);
fprintf(prn,"\f");

/* formfeed */

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

}

Printer-Specific Differences 2-57

Vertical Clusters
Vertical clusters are groups of two or three narrow
characters side-by-side in a vertical line of text. Vertical
clusters containing half-width characters can be created
by using a combination of print direction and cursor
positioning commands.
An example of vertical clusters is shown below. The C
program that follows was used to generate the PCL
commands for this example. In this example, two halfwidth characters (e.g. 2-digit numbers) were printed as
vertical clusters.

2-58 Printer-Specific Differences

#include 
#include 
#define MONTH

"\214\216"

#define TILDE

"\201\140"

#define DAY

"\223\372"

#define CLUSTER "\201\100\033&f0S\033&a0P%s%d\033&a270P\033&f1S"
FILE *prn;
main()
{
int point_size=24;
int offset;
char OFFSET[40];
prn = fopen("lpt1","wb");
offset = (
/*

36
----

(

256

/* open lpt1 for writing */

* point_size * 300)

/

---------*

72

*/
);

sprintf(OFFSET,"\33*p-%dx-%dY",offset,offset);

/* used to

place cluster */
fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

fprintf(prn,"@PJL ENTER LANGUAGE=PCL\n");

/* Enter PCL */

fprintf(prn,"\33E");

/* Esc E to reset printer */

fprintf(prn,"\33&t31P");

/* text parsing = Shift-JIS */

fprintf(prn,"\33(19K");

/* symbol set = Win3.1J */

fprintf(prn,"\33&a270P");

/* print direction = 270 */

fprintf(prn,"\33*p500x1300Y");

/* set CAP position */

fprintf(prn,"\33(s1p%dv0s0b28752T",point_size);
fprintf(prn,"\33&c-1T");

fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11);
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 16);
fprintf(prn, TILDE);
fprintf(prn, CLUSTER MONTH, OFFSET, 11);

fprintf(prn,"\33%%-12345X");

/* print month */
/* print day */
/* print tilde */

fprintf(prn, CLUSTER DAY, OFFSET, 17);
fprintf(prn,"\f");

/* MS-Mincho */

/* select vertical writing mode */

/* print month */
/* print day */
/* formfeed */

/* send UEL to get to PJL */

}

Printer-Specific Differences 2-59

Paper Size

PAPER SIZE

A

JIS B5
Hagaki
Oufuku-hagaki

2149
1181
1748

JIS B5
Hagaki
Oufuku-hagaki

3035
1748
2362

HP LaserJet 4 Plus
and 4M Plus
Printers

Three new paper sizes were added to the HP LaserJet 4PJ
printer. These paper sizes include: JIS B5, Hagaki, and
Oufuku-hagaki. The logical page size in dots per inch are
shown in the table below. See page 1-26 in this manual and
pages 2-9 to 2-10 in the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual for an explanation of these values.
DIMENSIONS
(at 300 DPI - double for 600 DPI)
B
C
D
E
F
Portrait Dimensions
3035
2007
3035
71
0
1748
1039
1748
71
0
2362
1606
2362
71
0
Landscape Dimensions
2149
2917
2149
59
0
1181
1630
1181
59
0
1748
2244
1748
59
0

G

H
50
50
50

150
150
150

50
50
50

150
150
150

HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers are
performance-enhanced follow-on products for HP LaserJet 4
and 4M printers, respectively. The HP LaserJet 4M Plus
printer is the multi-platform (PostScript) version of the
LaserJet 4 Plus printer.
In addition to extra speed, these printers also have the
following added features which are not controlled using
PCL:
Memory Enhancement technology (MEt), which uses
memory-saving techniques to better utilize available
memory (refer to Chapter 5 “Memory Usage” for
additional information). MEt is not controlled using PCL.
Resource saving, as in the LaserJet 4Si printer. Resource
saving allows saving information for the current
language (PCL or PostScript) when switching to another

2-60 Printer-Specific Differences

language. If resource saving is enabled, all the
permanent fonts, macros, and user-defined patterns plus
other miscellaneous data is saved in a reserved portion of
printer memory. This data is stored until the language is
enabled again. When the language is re-enabled, the
stored data is made available for use. Resource saving is
enabled from the control panel or using PJL—no PCL
commands are required for this operation.
EconoMode, a feature supported by HP LaserJet 4L and
4P printers, allows the user to reduce the amount of
toner used by removing about 75% of the dots from the
printed page. EconoMode is selected using PJL or from
the control panel—it is not controlled using PCL.
Powersave mode, which minimizes power consumption
when the printer is sitting idle. The amount of idle time
required before the printer goes into powersave mode is
configurable using the control panel or PJL.
PCL operation in these two printers is almost identical to
that of HP LaserJet 4 and 4M printers, except HP LaserJet
4 Plus and 4M Plus printers support Logical Operations
(ROP3) as explained in the HP LaserJet 4ML printer
section in this chapter. In addition, the internal fonts in
HP LaserJet Plus and 4M Plus printers support the Latin 2
and Latin 5 symbol sets for all typefaces (in the HP
LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, and 4SiMx, only 15 of the 35 Intellifont
typefaces support these symbol sets). Refer to Table 1-1,
PCL Feature Support Matrix, for the commands these
printers support and to Chapter 3, “Internal
Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font support
information.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-61

HP LaserJet 4V
and 4MV Printers

HP LaserJet 4V and 4MV printers print at speeds up to 16
pages per minute and handle many paper sizes including
11"x17" paper. The HP LaserJet 4MV is the multi-platform
(PostScript) version of the HP LaserJet 4V printer.
The HP LaserJet 4V/4MV PCL 5 feature set is similar to
that of the HP LaserJet 4 Plus/4M Plus printers, with the
addition of wide format media support. As an option, the
printer can also support Japanese printing as does the HP
LaserJet 4PJ printer, including the following PCL
enhancements:
Font header support for large bitmap fonts
Text parsing method
Character text path direction
Japanese media/postcard support
Japanese fonts (large fonts)
As with HP LaserJet 4Plus and 4M Plus printers, the
LaserJet 4V and 4MV printers support the following added
features which are not controlled using PCL:
Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)
Resource saving
EconoMode
Powersave mode
Refer to Table 1-1, the PCL Feature Support Matrix, for
the commands these printers support, and to Chapter 3,
“Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets,” for font
support information.

2-62 Printer-Specific Differences

Font Header
Format 16 Bitmap
Font Support

Font Header Format 16 was introduced with the HP
LaserJet 4PJ for downloading large TrueType fonts. For the
HP LaserJet 4V, Font Header Format 16 has been extended
to support large bitmap fonts as well. The Font Header
command ( ? ) s # W [font header data] ) is used to
download font header data to the printer.
A large font is a bound font with character codes that are
not limited to 8-bit values. For this reason a large font is
sometimes called a 16-bit font.

Font Header Format

Font Header Format 16 was introduced because some font
data segments in large fonts could be larger than 65535
bytes, and this was not supported by Font Header Form
at 15. The structures of Format 15 and Format 16 are
identical with the exception of the Segment Size field in the
Segmented Font Data format. Table 2-10 below shows the
Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header format. Table 2-11
shows the Format 15 Segmented Font Data format. Table
2-12 shows the Format 16 Segmented Font Data format.
Note that Format 15 does not support bitmap fonts.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-63

Table 2-10.
Byte
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44 - 47
48 - 63
64
66
68
70
72
...
Desc.
Size
...
#-2

Format 15 and Format 16 Font Header
15 (MSB)
8
Font Descriptor Size (minimum 72)
Header Format (15 or 16)
Style MSB
Baseline Position
Cell Width
Cell Height
Orientation
Symbol Set
Pitch (default HMI)
Height
x-Height
Width Type
Stroke Weight
Typeface MSB
Quality
Underline Position (Distance)
Text Height
Text Width
First Code
Last Code/Number of Characters
Pitch Extended
Cap Height
Font Number
Font Name
Scale Factor
Master Underline Position
Master Underline Thickness
Font Scaling Technology
[additional data may be inserted here]

7
Font Type
Reserved

Spacing

Style LSB
Typeface LSB
Serif Style
Placement
Underline Thickness

Height Extended

Variety

Segmented Font Data
...
Reserved (0)

2-64 Printer-Specific Differences

Checksum

(LSB) 0

Table 2-11. Format 15 Segmented Font Data
Byte
15 (MSB)
8
7
x+0
First segment, Segment Identifier
x+2
First segment, Segment Size
x+4
First segment, Data Segment
...
...
x+4
Second segment: Segment identifier,
+ 1st
Size, Data Segment
seg size . . .
...
...
#-6
Null Segment Identifier (FFFF - hex)
#-4
Null Segment Size (0)
#-2
Reserved (0)
Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in the Font Header command).
Table 2-12. Format 16 Segmented Font Data
Byte
15 (MSB)
8 7
x+0
First segment, Segment Identifier
x+2
First segment, Segment Size
x+4
x+6
First segment, Data Segment
...
...
x+6
Second segment: Segment identifier, Size, Data Segment
+ 1st
...
seg size
...
...
#-8
Null Segment Identifier (FFFF - hex)
#-6
Null Segment Size (0)
#-4
#-2
Reserved (0)
Checksum
x = Font Descriptor Size
# = Font header length (as defined in Font Header command).

(LSB) 0

(LSB) 0

Printer-Specific Differences 2-65

The Segment Size field, which is part of each segment
within the Segmented Font Data, was changed from an
unsigned integer in Format 15 to an unsigned long integer
in Format 16. This allows segments to be up to 232– 1 bytes
long.
Font Header Format 15 is described in more detail in the
PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual in the
“Soft Font Creation” chapter.
Format 16 supports new segments and new values for the
Font Type and Font Scaling Technology fields. New
segments which are specific to large TrueType fonts are
described in this chapter in the section titled “HP LaserJet
4PJ printer.” (This information will included be in future
versions of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual.) The new segments and values which are specific
to bitmap fonts are described below.
Header Format
The Header Format byte identifies the font header format.
For large fonts, this field should be set to 16. Note that
Format 15 does not support bitmap fonts.
Scale Factor
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Position
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Master Underline Thickness
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.
Font Scaling Technology
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 254.
Variety
For bitmap fonts, set this field to 0.

2-66 Printer-Specific Differences

The remaining fields should be set the same as in the
Format 0 Font Header for PCL Bitmapped Fonts, with the
following exceptions:
Font Type
Font type describes the font’s relation to symbol sets. For
Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to 3. A value of 3 is
used to identify a large (16-bit) font. All character codes 0 to
65534 are printable, except 0, 7 to 15, and 27 [decimal].
Access to those codes which are unprintable, yet have a
character defined, requires the use of the Transparent Print
Data command. In older font header formats, PCL 5
LaserJet printers use this field to determine the first and
last codes of the symbol set.
First Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the first
printable character in the font. In older bitmap font
formats, PCL 5 LaserJet printers ignore this field.
Last Code
For Format 16 bitmap fonts, set this field to the last
printable character in the font. In older bitmap font
formats, PCL 5 LaserJet printers ignore this field.
One new data segment is defined for Format 16 bitmap
fonts:
Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
The bitmap resolution data segment is used to define the
x-resolution and y-resolution for the bitmap. This segment
is required for Format 16 bitmap fonts.
The structure for the bitmap segment is shown in
Table 2-13.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-67

Table 2-13. Bitmap Resolution Data Segment
Byte
15 (MSB)
x+0
Segment Identifier (’BR’)
x+2
Segment Size (4)
x+4
x+6
X Resolution
x+8
Y Resolution

8

7

(LSB) 0

The decimal equivalent for the ’BR’ mneumonic is 16978.
X Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the X
dimension in dots per inch.
Y Resolution (unsigned long integer)
This fields specifies the resolution of the font in the Y
dimension in dots per inch.
If the specified combination is not supported by the printer,
the font will be invalidated. In the HP LaserJet 4V,
supported combinations are (X Resolution=300,Y
Resolution=300) and (X Resolution=600,Y Resolution=600).

Character Definition

2-68 Printer-Specific Differences

The Character Descriptor and Data command
( ?( s # W [character descriptor and data] ) is used to
download character data blocks to the printer. Format 4 is
used to download character descriptors and data for bitmap
characters. This command is described in detail in the PCL
5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.

Limitations

The following limitations apply to Format 16 Font Headers
for bitmap fonts:
The Font Type field for Format 16 bitmap fonts must be
set to 3. This is the case for 1-byte as well as 2-byte
bitmap fonts. First Code and Last Code fields need to be
set.
Format 16 optional data segments are ignored for bitmap
fonts. These include the galley character segment,
vertical substitution character segment, typeface string
segment, and vertical rotation segment.
Vertical rotated printing (character text path direction
command, ?&c-1T) is not available for bitmap fonts.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-69

HP Color LaserJet
Printer

As its name implies, the HP Color LaserJet printer is a
color laser printer. This 300 dpi printer adds several new
features to the PCL 5 language. These new features are
summarized in the table below and are described in detail
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference Manual (part
number 5961-0940). The printer also supports logical
operations, the HP-GL/2 Merge Control command, and
pixel placement (both PCL and HP-GL/2 commands). These
commands are described in the HP LaserJet 4L section of
this chapter and also in the PCL 5 Color Technical
Reference Manual.

Table 2-14. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer
Feature
AppleTalk Configuration

Status

Comments

Modified

In addition to supporting the RENAME, JOB, and TYPE
key values, this printer also supports the ZONE value.
Assigns the three current color components to the specified
palette index number.
These three commands specify the three color components of
any new color entry in the color palette.
Enables and specifies color lookup tables to map color input
data into a new output range based on point-by-point
conversions. A lookup table is specified for each primary
color.
Sets the range for specifying relative color data.
Configures the printer for color imaging—establishes a
modifiable color palette, sets the pixel encoding mode, and
sets the number of bits per index and per primary color.
Specifies a single dither matrix for all three primary colors.
Downloads user-defined patterns, including color patterns,
to the printer.
Sets the foreground color to the specified index of the
current palette.
Specifies the gamma correction to be applied equally to each
primary color.
Provides a means to convert a color page to a quick-printing
gray-scale equivalent.
Resizes the palette after the IN or ?*v#W commands.
Provides a mechanism for marking and deleting palettes.
Identifies a palette to be used for some of the palette control
functions.

Assign Color Index

New

Color Components 1, 2, 3

New

Color lookup Tables

New

CR (Color Range—HP-GL/2)
Configure Image Data

New
New

Download Dither Matrix
Download Pattern

New
New

Foreground Color

New

Gamma Correction

New

Monochrome Print Mode

New

NP (Number of Pens—HP-GL/2)
Palette Control
Palette Control ID

New
New
New

2-70 Printer-Specific Differences

Table 2-14. PCL Feature Additions for HP Color LaserJet Printer (continued)
Feature
PC (Pen Color—HP-GL/2)

Status

Comments

New

Changes the pen color in a palette created by the IN or CID
command (?*v#W).
Pushes or pops the palette from the palette stack.
Several commands are added for raster scaling: Destination
Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster Height (?*t#V);
also, two parameters are added to the Start Raster Graphics
command to initiate scaling (?*r2A and ?*r3A). (See the PCL
5 Color Technical Reference Manual for more information.)
Selects the algorithm to be used for rendering page marking
entities on a given page.
Activates a palette with the specified ID number.
Specifies the relative white point used in the determination of
a viewing illuminant condition.
Specifies an unmodifiable fixed-size palette.
Provides a means to send raster data by color plane. This
command sends a plane of raster data to the printer and
advances to the next plane.

Push/Pop Palette
Raster Scaling

New
New/Modified

Render Algorithm

New

Select Palette by ID
Set Viewing Illuminant

New
New

Simple Color
Transfer Raster Graphics (by
plane)

New
New

AppleTalk
Configuration
Command

As discussed in the HP LaserJet 4 section of this chapter,
the AppleTalk Configuration command allows a user to
send PCL jobs to the printer over AppleTalk. In addition to
the key values previously discussed (RENAME, TYPE, and
JOB), the HP Color LaserJet printer also supports the
ZONE key value as follows.
ZONE
ZONE changes the zone field of the printer’s AppleTalk
Network Identifier (Name Binding Protocol type field).
?&b#WZONEzonename
Valid characters for the zone name include 0-255 except for
characters $00, “@” ($40), “:” ($3A), “*” ($2A), “=” ($3D),
$C5, and ($FF). The zone name must contain at least one
character, and only the first 31 characters are used. If the
zone is invalid, then the printer’s zone is not changed. Zone
changes only occur after the present job has completed.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-71

HP LaserJet 4LJ
Pro Printer

The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer (C3935), released in May
1995, is designed primarily for the Japanese market. This
printer provides a print resolution of 600 dpi, has a
maximum print speed of 4ppm, 2Mb of internal base
memory, and improved font cache algorithm. PCL operation
for this printer is identical to that of the HP LaserJet 4PJ
printer. For command support, refer to Table 1-1, PCL
Feature Support Matrix and to the “HP LaserJet 4PJ
Printer” section earlier in this chapter.
The HP LaserJet 4LJ Pro printer contains the same two
Japanese typefaces, MS Mincho and MS Gothic (and
WIN3.1J symbol set), as those in the HP LaserJet 4PJ
printer. (The HP LaserJet 4PJ and the 4LJ Pro printers
have a reduced set of Intellifont fonts from that of the
standard HP LaserJet 4 printer family.) For detailed font
information refer to Chapter 3.

HP LaserJet 4LC
Printer

The HP LaserJet 4LC printer (C3932), released in March
1995, is designed primarily for the Chinese market. This
printer provides a print resolution of 600 dpi, has a
maximum print speed of 4 ppm, 2Mb of internal base
memory, and improved font cache algorithm. PCL operation
for this printer is identical to that of the LaserJet 4PJ
printer. For specific PCL command support information,
refer to Table 1-1, PCL Feature Support Matrix.
The HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains three new Chinese
typefaces, SimSun, SimHei, and GW-Kai (and a new symbol
set for these fonts, GB2312). The default typeface is
SimSun and the default symbol set is GB2312. (The
HP LaserJet 4LC printer contains the standard set of
Intellifont fonts, unlike the HP LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro
printers which have reduced Intellifont typeface sets.)
Refer to Chapter 3 for detailed font information.
The typeface/font information, described in the “HP
LaserJet 4PJ Printer” section earlier in this chapter for the

2-72 Printer-Specific Differences

Japanese typefaces, also applies to the LaserJet 4LC
printer’s Chinese typefaces with the following differences.
The default values for the Text Parsing Method command
are different for the HP LaserJet 4LC. These default values
are 0 or 38 (provided the default symbol set is GB2312,
otherwise it is 0). Also, the examples in this section can be
used for the Chinese fonts, provided the symbol set value
field in the Symbol Set command is changed to 18C (for the
GB2312 symbol set) and the typeface value in the font
selection command string is changed to one of the Chinese
fonts [for example, the Japanese font selection command
?(19K?(s1p10v1s4b2852T should be changed to
?(18C?(s1p10v1s4b37058T ].

HP LaserJet 5P
and 5MP Printers

The HP LaserJet 5P and 5MP printers were released March
6, 1995. These printers are similar to the HP LaserJet 4P
printer except that they are designed to run faster, have an
MP paper tray in place of the manual feed slot, and have a
reduced control panel similar to the HP LaserJet 4L
printer. The HP LaserJet 5P / 5MP printer’s maximum
print speed is 6 pages per minute (HP LaserJet 4P runs at
4 ppm) and has a print resolution of 600 dpi.
Another new feature on this printer is an IrDA-compliant
infrared serial I/O port located on the front of the printer.
PCL operation is almost identical to that of the HP
LaserJet 4 Plus printer. (Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet
Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific PCL
implementation.)

Printer-Specific Differences 2-73

HP LaserJet 5L
Printer

The HP LaserJet 5L printer, introduced in September 1995,
is much different in appearance than the LaserJet 4L
printer, but it has a very similar feature set, including the
same set of 26 internal typefaces. One of the main
differences is that the LaserJet 5L printer offers 600 dpi
printing. Although both printers have a print engine speed
of 4 pages per minute, the LaserJet 5L printer has faster
processing which increases performance. As the LaserJet
4L printer, the printer has a reduced-function control panel.
The HP LaserJet 5L printer has a vertical design and
supports all paper sizes supported by the LaserJet 4L
printer. In addition, the “custom” paper size is supported
through the printer driver.
The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
Manual feed operation is slightly different for the HP
LaserJet 5L printer. When manual feed is selected, the
printer pauses and waits for the user to insert the correct
media into the printer (either in the paper input bin or the
single sheet input slot) and press the control panel key.
PCL and PJL operation is almost identical to that of the HP
LaserJet 4L printer. Two differences are that the LaserJet
5L printer adds support for the logical operations and pixel
placement commands. These features are described in this
chapter in the LaserJet 4ML section. (Refer to Table 1-1,
HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the specific
PCL implementation.)

2-74 Printer-Specific Differences

HP LaserJet 5Si
and 5SiMx Printers

HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers are designed for using
in shared printing environments. The HP LaserJet 5SiMx
printer is equivalent to the HP LaserJet 5Si printer, but
also includes PostScript Level 2, 8 Mb of additional
memory, and the HP JetDirect network interface card.
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have features similar
to those of HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers, with
improved performance and extra paper handling features.
Some of the feature differences are listed below.
The printers include the same set of internal fonts, but
there are no font cartridge slots on the printers. Both
printers support font/macro SIMMs and downloaded soft
fonts and macros.
The default symbol set is PC-8 instead of Roman-8.
Additional paper and envelope sizes are supported,
including ledger (11" x 17"). Executive size paper is only
supported by the MP tray.
There is no job offset mechanism in the printers.
HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers do not request
the envelope size every time the power is cycled. It is
assumed that the size does not usually change between
power down and power up.
Base HP LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers have one
100-sheet multi-purpose tray (Tray 1), and two 500-sheet
universal-input trays. Optional paper handling devices
include a duplex unit, a power envelope feeder, a
2000-sheet input tray and a multi-bin mailbox.
HP LaserJet 4Si and 4SiMx printers used “tray locking”
to prevent automatic selection of a paper tray. HP
LaserJet 5Si and 5SiMx printers accomplish “tray
locking” using the Alphanumeric ID command to select
the paper tray by media type.
Table 2-15 lists the PCL feature additions for HP LaserJet
5Si and 5SiMx printers.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-75

Table 2-15. PCL Feature Additions for HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx Printers
Feature

Status

Paper (Media) Source

Modified

Output Bin

Modified

Alphanumeric ID

Comments
Additional parameters have been added to provide support
for Tray 1, the printer’s right side multi-purpose tray and
the other optional trays (see the description of this
command in the following paragraphs).
The Output Bin command (?&l#G) selects the destination
bin for the print job.
Specifies alphanumeric String IDs for selecting and
manipulating fonts, macros, and media types. Specifies
media selection by the type of media and supports
enhancements for the printer disk drive.

New

Descriptions of the Paper (Media) Source, Output Bin, and
Alphanumeric ID commands are provided below.

Paper (Media) Source
Command

The Paper (Media) Source command selects the specified
input media source. Parameters have been added to enable
printing from the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer trays.
?&l#H
#=

0 - Print current page (source is unchanged)
1 - Tray 2 (upper drawer)
2 - Manual feed (tray 1, right side tray)
3 - Manual envelope feed (tray 1, right tray)
4 - Tray 3 (lower drawer)
5 - High Capacity Input (HCI), first tray
6 - Optional envelope feeder
7 - Autoselect
8 - Tray 1 (right side tray)

20 - 39 - High Capacity Input (HCI) trays 2- 21
Default = 7
Range = 0 to 8, 20 - 39

2-76 Printer-Specific Differences

The following table compares the paper/media source
values and the trays they select on various printers.
Value (#)

LaserJet 4, LaserJet
4 Plus, 4V 4Si/4SiMx
1
PC Tray
Upper
Cassette
2, 3
MP Tray
Manual
(manual
Feed Slot
feed)
4
MP Tray
Lower
as
Cassette
Cassette
5
LC Tray
8
N/A
N/A

LaserJet 5Si/
5SiMx
Tray 2
(upper drawer)
Tray 1
(right side,
manual feed)
Tray 3
(lower drawer)
First Tray of HCI
Tray 1
(right side,
normal)

Printer-Specific Differences 2-77

Output Bin Command

This command selects the destination bin into which the
print job is output when printed.
?&l#G
#=

0 - Automatic selection
1 - Selects bin #1 (printer top/face-down bin)
2 - Selects bin #2 (printer left/face-up bin; this
bin not available when the High Capacity
Output (HCO) is attached)
3 - Selects bin #3 (HCO face up bin)
4 - Selects bin #4 (HCO #1 face down bin)
5 - Selects bin #5 (HCO #2 face down bin)
6 - Selects bin #6 (HCO #3 face down bin)
7 - Selects bin #7 (HCO #4 face down bin)
8 - Selects bin #8 (HCO #5 face down bin)
9 - Selects bin #9 (HCO #6 face down bin)
10 - Selects bin #10 (HCO #7 face down bin)
11 - Selects bin #11 (HCO #8 face down bin)

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 11

Note

2-78 Printer-Specific Differences

The Output Bin command is not recommended. Instead, it
is preferred that the PJL OUTBIN command be used to set
the default media destination.

Alphanumeric ID
Command

The Alphanumeric ID command performs several different
functions depending on the operation specified. This
command:
Specifies the type of print media on which to print a job
(rather than specifying its location)
Specifies an ID string for different PCL objects (fonts and
macros)
Supports the mass storage PCL enhancements for the
LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printer disk (allowing, for example,
downloading a font with a String ID to RAM— downloading to the printer disk must be done using PJL)
The format of the Alphanumeric ID command is as follows:
?&n#W[Operation][String ID]
# = Number of bytes of String ID data
Default = 0
Range = 2 to 512
The value field (#) identifies the number of bytes in the
String ID.
The Operation byte determines the type of operation and
the type of object on which the operation is to be performed.
The operations are listed in the table below.
The String ID begins with the second byte and can be up to
511 characters long.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-79

Operation
0

1

2

3

4

5

20

Description
Sets the current Font ID to the given String ID. This operation allows
the user to set the current PCL Font ID to a string name, which gives the
user the ability to download fonts to a string name. If the current Font ID
has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the Font ID
command (?*c#D), the ID last sent takes precedence. For example, if the
current font ID was set to 10 and then to “Font1”, the current font ID would
be “Font1”.
Associates the current Font ID to the font with the String ID
supplied. This operation finds the font with the supplied String ID and
assigns the current Font ID to that font so that the font now has two names.
The original font name is used to perform font management commands on
the font, and the new associated name is used when selecting the font for
usage. Note that since fonts with string names can be associated to numeric
Font IDs, these fonts are selectable in HP-GL/2 using the numeric Font ID.
Selects the font referred to by the String ID as primary. This operation
finds the associated font using the supplied String ID and specifies that font
as the current primary font. The command is ignored if there is no font with
that String ID.
Selects the font referred to by the String ID as secondary. This
operation functions the same as the primary font specification (operation
number 2), however this command specifies the font as secondary.
Sets the current Macro ID to the String ID. This operation allows the
user to set the current PCL Macro ID to a String ID name. If the current
Macro ID has been set with both the Alphanumeric ID command and the
Macro ID command (?&f#Y), the ID last sent takes precedence. For example,
if the current Macro ID was set to 10 and then to “Macro1”, the current
macro ID would be “Macro1”.
Associates the current Macro ID to the supplied String ID. This
operation finds the macro with the supplied String ID and assigns the
current Macro ID to that macro. This macro then has two names. The
original Macro ID name is used to perform macro management commands on
the macro, and the new associated name is used when executing, calling, or
overlaying the macro.
Deletes the font association named by the current Font ID. The font
must have been associated with an alphanumeric Font ID (using operation 0).
No String ID is supplied (?&n1W20). This command removes the alphanumeric
font name association, however the disk resource itself is not changed.

2-80 Printer-Specific Differences

Operation
21

100

Description
Deletes the macro association named by the current Macro ID. The
macro must have been associated with an alphanumeric Macro ID (using
operation 4). No String ID is supplied (?&n1W21). This command removes
the alphanumeric macro name association, however the disk resource itself is
not changed.
Media select (see media selection table). Media types are specified using
the printer control panel. The following table indicates which media type and
paper size is used in the various media-select situations.

Note

PCL objects stored on the printer disk cannot be deleted,
set to temporary, set to permanent, or modified in any way
using the PCL language.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-81

Media Type
Not specified

Paper Size
Not specified

Paper Source
Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Specified

Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified
(manual feed)
Not specified

Not specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified

Specified

Not specified

Specified

Specified

Specified

Specified

Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified
(manual feed)

Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified
(manual feed)
Not specified
Specified
(not manual feed)
Specified
(manual feed)

Size/Type Used
Default size
Default type
Default size
Type configured in specified tray
Manual feed request
Default size
Specified size
Default type
Specified size
Type configured in specified tray
Manual feed request
Specified size
Default size
Specified type
Default size
Specified type
Manual feed request
Default size
Specified type
Specified size
Specified type
Specified size
Specified type
Manual feed request
Specified size
Specified type

A paper source is considered to be not specified when a
Media Source command has not been received or when the
media source is set to autoselect (value 7). The media type
is considered to be not specified when an Alphanumeric ID
command for media type (value 100) has not been received.
Selecting the default media type causes the printer to
consider the media type as not specified.
Selecting an undefined or unavailable ID causes the printer
to generate a manual feed request.

2-82 Printer-Specific Differences

Example: Using the Alphanumeric ID Command to
Download a Font
Fonts can be downloaded to the printer disk using PJL, or
using PCL you can download a font with a String ID to
RAM. The following example demonstrates downloading a
font to a string name using PCL.
Set the alphanumeric font ID to “TTFont1”
?&n8W0TTFont1
Download the font. It is assigned the String ID “TTFont1”
?sW[data]
Example: Using a Font with a String ID
When the user wants to use a font with a String ID, the
user must first associate that font with a new Font ID
number. This association is required so that whether the
font is on disk or RAM, the procedure is the same.
Set the current Font ID to “AssociatedFontID”
?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
Find the font with ID “UnivRomanID” on disk or in RAM
and give it the associated ID of “AssociatedFontID”
?&n12W1UnivRomanID
Set the current Font ID to 10
?*c10D
Find the font with String ID “TimesRmID” on disk or in
RAM and give it the associated Font ID of 10
?&n10W1TimesRmID
Set the current secondary font to the font with a Font ID of
10 (which in this case, is an associated font)
?)10X

Printer-Specific Differences 2-83

Specify the current font as primary using the alphanumeric
ID command
?&n17W2AssociatedFontID
Delete the name “AssociatedFontID” from the PCL database
?&n17W0AssociatedFontID
?&n1W20
Reset the printer. Resetting deletes all font and macro
associations.
?E

2-84 Printer-Specific Differences

HP DeskJet 1200C
Printer

The DeskJet 1200C is a 300-dpi LaserJet-compatible
thermal inkjet color printer. It uses PCL 5 and is very
compatible with the LaserJet 4 family of printers. The main
differences between the DeskJet 1200C and the LaserJet 4
printer are summarized in the table below (for a complete
listing, see Table 1-1).

Table 2-16. PCL Feature Additions for HP DeskJet 1200C Printer
Feature
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

Media Type
Mechanical Print Quality
Negative Motion
Raster Scaling

Color Commands

Status

Comments

Modified

Three additional parameters (-1, 2, 3) have been added to
provide support for Standalone HP-GL/2 Mode (?%-1B), for
using the current PCL coordinate system/previous HP-GL/2
pen position (?%2B), and for using the current PCL
coordinate system/current PCL CAP (?%3B).
Sets the print mode required for printing on various media
types.
Determines the graphics print quality.
Specifies whether negative motion will be used.
Several commands are added for raster scaling: Destination
Raster Width (?*t#H), Destination Raster Height (?*t#V),
Scale Algorithm (?*t#K); also, two parameters are added to
the Start Raster Graphics command to initiate scaling
(?*r2A and ?*r3A). (See the PCL 5 Color Technical
Reference Manual for more information.)
See Table 1-1 for a complete list of color commands
supported by the printer. See the PCL 5 Color Technical
Reference Manual for descriptions of the color commands.

New
New
New
New/Modified

New

The DeskJet 1200C printer does not support the following
LaserJet 4 features:
Unit of Measure (?&u#D)
Status Readback (?*s#X, ?*s#U, ?*s#M, ?*s#T, ?*s#I)
Raster resolutions of 200 dpi and 600 dpi
Page sizes: Executive, A4, JIS B5 paper, International B5
envelope, Monarch envelope
HP-GL/2 in macros

Printer-Specific Differences 2-85

Updated Features

Printers with a “B” or “C” revision code, indicated by the
third digit in the serial number, have the following
additional new features. (Print the self-test to see the serial
number.)
Two-Byte Fonts. Provides support for two-byte (large)
fonts with more than 256 characters. Two-byte fonts
support such large symbol set mappings as Unicode,
Shift-JIS, JIS208, and Big5. Two-byte fonts are
compatible with current PCL data structures.
Frame Buffer/MEt Architecture. Provides MEt
(Memory Enhancement technology), which overcomes
memory contention problems. Drivers can use the PJL
SET command (@PJL SET PAGEPROTECT=LETTER/
LEGAL/ A4/OFF) to put the printer into a page protect
mode that reserves the memory equivalent of a complete
full-color frame buffer for the current page size. Page
protect mode reserves printer memory blocks large
enough to represent cyan, magenta, and yellow (CMY)
bitmaps for an entire page of the currently selected
media).
Noise Dither. Two new halftone render algorithms
(noise dither and monochrome noise dither) have been
added.
Arbitrary Dither Matrix Sizes. The printer now
allows the full 16-bit range for downloaded dither matrix
height and width (?*m#W).

2-86 Printer-Specific Differences

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode
Command

The Enter HP-GL/2 Mode command causes the printer
to interpret data as HP-GL/2 commands instead of PCL
commands. Three new parameters are added: one enables
stand-alone plotter mode (?%-1B), and the other two affect
the coordinate system and pen position when switching into
HP-GL/2 (?%2B and ?%3B).
?%#B
# = –1 - Stand-alone plotter mode (single context)
0 - Use previous HP-GL/2 pen position
1 - Use current PCL CAP
2 - Use current PCL dot coordinate system and
old HP-GL/2 pen position
3 - Use PCL dot coordinate system and the
current PCL CAP
Default = 0
Range = –1 to 3
HP-GL/2 mode remains in effect until a Start Raster
command (?*r#A), Reset (?E), UEL command
(?%-12345X), or power-on.
In stand-alone plotter mode (?%–1B), only a single context
can be used (HP-GL/2 and PCL cannot be merged on the
same page).
A value field of 1 or 3 sets the HP-GL/2 pen position and the
label carriage return point to the current PCL CAP. A value
field of 2 or 3 transfers the current PCL dot coordinate
system, including the PCL origin and axes; the coordinate
system thus established is independent of the positions of
P1 and P2.
This command cannot be executed from display functions
mode or within a binary data transfer. HP-GL/2 ingnores
this command.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-87

Media Type
Command

This command sets the print mode required for printing on
various media types.
?&l#M
#=

0 - Plain paper
1 - Bond paper
2 - Special paper
3 - Glossy film
4 - Transparency film

Default = 0
Range = 0 to 4
If no printable data has been sent, this command moves
CAP to the top of form at the left margin of the current
page. If printable data has been sent, the page is closed and
printed, and CAP moves to the top of form at the left
margin of the next physical page.
When transparency media is loaded, the printer automatically adjusts the media type to Transparency and the
print quality to Presentation Graphics, regardless of the
language or remote-panel selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always
override remote control panel settings if the printer detects
a different type of media than was requested. It may
override these commands and the remote control panel
settings.

Note

2-88 Printer-Specific Differences

This command may override the remote panel. HP
recommends programmatically setting media type,
especially in network environments.

Print Quality
Command

This command determines print quality and speed.

?*o#Q
#=

-1 - EconoFast
0 - Normal quality
1 - Best/Presentation graphics

Default = 0
Range = -1, 0, 1
EconoFast prints black text at 300 dpi. When transparency
or glossy media is loaded, the printer automatically adjusts
the media type to Transparency and the print quality to
Presentation graphics, regardless of the language or
remote-panel selection.
The Media Type and Print Quality commands always
override remote control panel settings if the printer detects
a different type of media than was requested. It may
override these commands and the remote control panel
settings.

Note

This command must be sent at the beginning of the page
before any printable data; otherwise, when the command is
received, the current page is closed and printed.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-89

Negative Motion
Command

The Negative Motion command specifies whether negative
motion will be used, thus determining whether the full page
must be buffered before printing can begin.
?&a#N
#=

0 - Picture contains negative motion (page
formatting printers)
1 - Picture contains no negative motion (swath
printers)

Default = 0
Range = 0, 1
If the page contains no negative motion, using the ?&a1N
command increases print speed.
Negative motion includes:
Vertical motion toward the top of the page
HP-GL/2 operations
Print directions other than 0 degrees
Landscape text
When the top of the character cell on the next line is
above the top of the character cell on the current line
The default value of 0 delays printing until all the
processing of input data for a page is complete. This is for
software that needs to compose the data before printing.
A value of 1 allows data to be printed as received, rather
than first stored in a buffer. Otherwise, printing will be
delayed until all processing of input data is complete.

Note

2-90 Printer-Specific Differences

This command must be sent before any printable data is
received by the printer.

HP DeskJet 1600C
Printer

The DeskJet 1600C printer is a follow-on to the DeskJet
1200C. It has 600 x 600 dpi black text resolution (plus TES,
which is similar to RET) and 300-dpi color resolution. Like
the 1200C, the DeskJet 1600C is font- and languagecompatible with the latest LaserJet 4 series printers. The
DeskJet 1200C and 1600C contain most of the same PCL 5
color features as the Color LaserJet (described in the PCL 5
Color Technical Reference Manual), with some exceptions
and additions (see Table 1-1). DeskJet 1200C and 1600C
drivers should work on the Color LaserJet, but not vice
versa. Changes from the DeskJet 1200C are listed below.

Table 2-17. PCL Feature Additions for the HP DeskJet 1600C Printer
Feature

Status

Raster Resolution
Enter HP-GL/2 Mode
Compression Method
Unit of Measure
Paper Source
HP-GL/2 in PCL macros
Noise Dither*

Modified
Modified
Modified
New
Modified
New
Modified

Downloaded dither Matrix*
Two-Byte Fonts*
Text Parsing Method*

Modified
New
New

Comments
200 and 600 dpi are supported.
HP-GL/2 standalone mode (-1) is not supported.
Method 9, replacement delta row is added.
Same as LaserJet 4 series printers.
Autoselect (7) is added.
HP-GL/2 commands may appear in PCL macros.
Noise ordered dither (13) and monochrome noise ordered
dither (14) are added.
The full 16-bit range for height and width is allowed.
Font header format 16 two-byte font downloading.
Same as LaserJet 4PJ printer.

* Also on "B" and "C" versions of the DeskJet 1200C.

Additional features include:
Simplified Control Panel. The IEEE-P1284 ECP port
described below allows front-panel simplification and the
elimination of DIP switches. The DeskJet 1600C control
panel is similar to that of the LaserJet 4L, with one
button and four LED indicators.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-91

IEEE-P1284. This bi-directional enhanced capability
port (ECP) allows most printer features to be monitored
and controlled through Microsoft Windows or a DOS
remote control panel shipped with the product. In
previous HP printers, PJL provided some job-level status
and control, but PJL is embedded in the data stream,
synchronous with the printer description data. With the
implementation if MLC (Multiple Logical Channels) on
the ECP and MIO 6.0, the printer can be controlled and
monitored on a separate channel, asynchronous to the
data stream. PJL still provides control that must be
synchronous with the data stream.
Energy Star. The printer lowers its power consumption
if it has not been used for 15 minutes.
Out-of-Ink Sensing. An LED on the control panel
lights when a pen runs out of ink.
MIO. Modular I/O interface with auto-sensing I/O
configuration.
JetDirect. Optional network cards: Novell, TCP-IP,
LocalTalk, EtherTalk, and third party.
PostScript. A SIMM upgrade is available.
Optional Media Source. An optional sheet feeder tray
is available.
Media Detection. Automatic detection of media size
and media type (transparency).

2-92 Printer-Specific Differences

PJL. Unlike the DeskJet 1200C, which implemented
only the PJL kernel, the DeskJet 1600C printer supports
all of the PJL commands listed below. Full PJL implementation is not needed because of the multiple-channel
capability of the IEEE-P1284 Extended Capabilities
Port. DeskJet 1600C also supports page protection with
the @PJL SET PAGEPROTECT command.
COMMENT

INQUIRE

DEFAULT

JOB

ECHO

RESET

ENTER

SET

EOJ

UEL

Print Modes. The DeskJet 1600C has the following
user-selectable print modes:
EconoFast. The primary goal is cost per copy. The
secondary goal is high speed.
Presentation Graphics. Best quality graphics.
Normal. Equal emphasis on quality and throughput.
Best mode for most uses, minimizing the need to switch
to other modes.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-93

Media Source
Command

Compression Method
Command

The Paper (Media) Source command (?&l#H) for the
DeskJet 1600C uses a value of 5 for its optional sheet
feeder and also supports a value of 7 (autoselect). A value of
7 selects the current printer default source. The user,
through the application, may select a particular tray for the
first page or pages (for example, a fancy cover page), then
choose autoselect to pull paper from a default tray (for
example, containing standard paper). This is different than
option 0, which continues printing from the currently
selected source. The "default" source may be user-selected,
or based upon the printer’s own algorithm.
The Compression Method command (?*b#M) for
the DeskJet 1600C supports Method 9 compression
(compressed replacement delta row encoding) in addition
to compression methods 0, 1, 2, 3, and 5.
Method 9 (Replacement Delta Row Encoding)
Like Method 3, this method replaces only bytes in the
current row that differ from the preceding (seed) row.
Unlike Method 3, the replacement (delta) bytes may be
encoded.
The replacement byte string (delta compression string)
consists of a command byte, optional offset bytes, optional
replacement count bytes, and the replacement data.

Command
Byte

Optional Offset Bytes

2-94 Printer-Specific Differences

Optional Replacement Count Bytes

Data
Bytes

The command byte itself has three parts:
Control Bit

Offset Count

Replacement Count

Control Bit. Determines whether the replacement data
is compressed, and also the bit boundaries of the
command byte’s other two fields.
Offset Count. The left offset (number of bytes) the
replacement data is offset from the current byte position
in the seed row.
Replacement Count. The number of consecutive bytes
to be replaced. One more byte than the replacement
count is replaced (for example, 6 bytes are replaced by a
replacement count of 5).
Like compression method 3, the “current” byte follows the
last replacement byte; at the beginning of a row, the current
byte immediately follows left raster margin. An offset of 0
indicates the current byte; an offset of 1 indicates the byte
following the current byte.
The size of the offset count and replacement count fields
depends on the value of the control bit.
CONTROL BIT = 0
7
Control Bit = 0

6

3
Offset Count

2
0
Replacement Count

If the control bit is 0, the replacement data is
uncompressed. If the control bit is 0, bits 0-2 indicate the
replacement count and bits 3-6 indicate the offset count.
If the offset count is 15, an additional offset count byte
follows and is added to the total offset count. If the offset
count byte is 255, another offset count byte follows. The last
offset count byte is indicated by a value less than 255.
If the replacement count is 7, an additional replacement
count byte follows and is added to the total replacement

Printer-Specific Differences 2-95

count. If the replacement count byte is 255, another
replacement count byte follows. The last replacement count
byte is indicated by a value less than 255. One more than
the total replacement byte count will be replaced.
CONTROL BIT = 1
7
Control Bit = 1

6

5
Offset Count

4
0
Replacement Count

If the control bit is 1, the replacement data is run length
encoded. the bit boundaries are different than if the control
bit is 0: bits 5-6 contain the offset count, and bits 0-4
contain the replacement count. As when the control bit is 0,
optional offset bytes and replacement bytes may be added.

2-96 Printer-Specific Differences

HP LaserJet 5 and
5M Printers

HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers are performance-enhanced
follow-on products for HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus
printers, respectively. The enhanced PCL 5 printer
language in these printers include all of the PCL 5 features
supported by HP LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus printers as
well as the features listed in Table 2-18.

Table 2-18. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Feature

Status

Character Text Path Direction Command

Modified

Text Parsing Method Command

Modified

Label Mode (LM) Command

Text Parsing

New

Comments
A new algorithm decides whether or not to counterrotate characters when using the vertical rotated
printing mode.
The default text parsing method is based on the font
type and symbol set fields in the default font.
HP-GL/2 support for 2-byte applications.

When 2-byte text parsing methods were introduced in HP
LaserJets (from LaserJet 4PJ on), the default text parsing
method was based on the default symbol set. For example,
if a user selected Roman-8 as the default symbol set
(via the control panel or a PJL command), then 1-byte
text parsing was the default method. If they selected
WINJ-DBCS as the default symbol set, Shift-JIS text
parsing was the default method.
HP LaserJet printers (from LaserJet 5 and 5M on) now
base the default text parsing method on the font type and
symbol set fields in the default font. If the default font is a
16-bit font, the default text parsing method is set to one
that matches the symbol set field. In all other cases, the
default text parsing method is set to 1-byte text parsing.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-97

Two-Byte HP-GL/2
Support

One-byte applications (which support non-orthogonal
rotation, scaling, and shearing of text) have long been able
to use HP-GL/2 to print to HP LaserJet printers. Two-byte
applications have not had this capability until the
introduction of HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers.
The capability of 2-byte applications (which support
non-orthogonal rotation, scaling, and shearing of text) to
print to HP LaserJet printers using HP-GL/2 is provided by
the Label Mode (LM) command.

Label Mode
Command

Determines how the Label (LB) and Symbol Mode (SM)
commands interpret characters. Used for printing a 2-byte
character set such as WinJ-DBCS, GB2312, or Big-5.
Syntax:
LM(mode,[row number]:)
Parameter

mode
row number

2-98 Printer-Specific Differences

Format

clamped
integer
clamped
integer

Functional
Range

Default

0, 1, 2, or
3
0 to 255

0 (8-bitmode)
0

Comments:
MODE. Determines the interpretation mode as follows:
0

Interprets each byte as a character (8-bit mode
where the default row_number equals "0").
Computed character code is equal to
(row_number * 256) + 8-bit code sent in LB or SM
command.

1

Interprets the next two bytes as a character (16-bit
mode). LB and SM commands will read two bytes
to form one 2-byte character code equal to
(first_byte * 256) + second_byte. Label terminator
and 8-bit control codes must be preceded by a
NULL byte. To turn symbol mode off while in 16-bit
mode, you must send SM; where NULL is
ASCII or decimal 0.

2

Same logic as mode 0, except that vertical
substitutes are used if found in a VT segment of
the current font. Characters are rotated counter
clock-wise to match the vertical-rotated printing
mode of the Character Text Path Direction
command. Default row_number equals "0".

3

Same input logic as mode 1, except that vertical
substitutes are used if found in a VT segment of
the current font. Full width characters are rotated
counter clock-wise to match the vertical-rotated
printing mode of the Character Text Path Direction
command.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-99

Row Number. Used only in modes 0 and 2 (8-bit
modes) when a 16-bit character set is selected. The row
number indicates the first byte while the LB or SM
instruction will supply the second byte.
For example, if you send LMO,37, and you have selected
a 16-bit character set, sending LBAB would
result in the device printing characters 65 and 66 from
row 37 of the character set grid.
If you are using an 8-bit character set in 16-bit mode
(modes 1 or 3), you must specify the first byte of each
character as 0. All other first byte calues are treated as
undefined characters.
Notes:
When LM switches modes, it turns off symbol mode
(executes SM;).
LM affects the way SM and LB interpret bytes.
LM does not affect the DT or DL commands.
DT allows 8-bit terminator definitions only. To terminate
a label in 16-bit mode, precede the current label terminator by the null character (decimal 0). The only exception
is the ?E (Reset) instruction in dual-context devices. ?E
is executed regardless of the byte boundaries within LB
and SM.

2-100 Printer-Specific Differences

Vertical Writing with
Proportional Fonts

The Character Text Path Direction command was
introduced with the HP LaserJet 4PJ printer to allow users
to vertically rotate Asian fonts which were dual pitched.
That is, the single-byte characters were half-width and the
other characters were full-width.
An algorithm was implemented to determine whether or
not to counter-rotate characters when using the
vertical-rotated printing mode of the Character Text Path
Direction command. A character is rotated if the glyph is
full-width; otherwise, the character is not rotated.
Since the introduction of the LaserJet 4PJ, many vendors
have produced proportional versions of their Asian fonts.
Thus, the algorithm described above is no longer
appropriate for determining character rotation.
A new method to explicitly enumerate which characters
should be counter-rotated in the font is being introduced
with HP LaserJet 5 and 5M printers. The new method
consists of adding an optional font segment to Font Format
16. The optional segment, which is called the Vertical
Exception (VE) segment, has the following form:
UBYTE[2] SEGMENT ID
= ’VE’
UBYTE Format
= 0
(other values reserved)
UBYTE NumRanges
= N
UINT16 Range1FirstCode
UINT16 Range1LastCode
•
•
•
UINT16 RangeNFirstCode
UINT16 RangeNLastCode

Printer-Specific Differences 2-101

The new algorithm for deciding whether or not to
counter-rotate characters (when using the Character Text
Path Direction command’s vertical-rotated printing mode)
is as follows:
if (the current font contains a VE segment)
{
if(the character code* is NOT contained in
a VE range)
rotate
else
don’t rotate
}
else
use the old logic
* The original character code, even if a galley character
were substituted at some point.
Examples:
Segment ID
Format/NumRanges
Range1FirstCode
Range1LastCode
Range2FirstCode
Range2LastCode

2-102 Printer-Specific Differences

Japanese ShiftJIS
V
E
0
1
0x0000
0x00FF

Japanese Unicode
V
E
0
2
0x0000
0x007F
0xFF61
0xFF9F

half-width latin
characters
half-width
katakana

HP Color LaserJet
5 and 5M Printers

HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers use new HP Image
Resolution Enhancement technology 1200 (HP Image REt
1200) to project outstanding text, graphics, and more
vibrant colors than before.
The HP Color LaserJet 5M printer is network-ready with
genuine Adobe PostScript Level 2 software, 36 Mbytes of
memory, and an HP JetDirect card. The HP Color LaserJet
5 printer is upgradable so you can tailor it to suit the needs
of your particular environment.
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers can use glossy paper
or transparency film for special output.
Modifications to the PCL language for HP Color LaserJet 5
and 5M printers are summarized in the table below and are
described in detail in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual (P/N 5961-0940):

Table 2-19. PCL Feature Modifications for HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M Printers
Feature

Status

Comments

Render Algorithm Command
Configure Image Data Command
Download Dither Matrix Command
Driver Configuration Command
Download Pattern Command

Modified
Modified
Support
Support
Modified

Five new algorithms have been added.
Has unique functionality while in PCL Imaging mode.
Not supported.
Do not support all features of the function_index argument.
Restricts the width and height of a user pattern to less than
16384 pixels.
Not supported.
Not supported. Customized fonts, if needed, can be utilized
via SIMMs.

Scale Algorithm Command
Font Cartridges

Support
Support

Printer-Specific Differences 2-103

Render Algorithm
Command

The Render Algorithm command selects the algorithm to be
used for rendering page marking entities on a given page.
?*t#J
#=

0-14 - See section 4, “Modifying Output Color”
in the PCL 5 Color Technical Reference
Manual for information on algorithms
0 through 14.
15 - Continuous tone smooth 150 lpi
16 - Monochrome continuous tone detail
300 lpi
17 - Monochrome continuous tone smooth
150 lpi
18 - Continuous tone basic 100 lpi
19 - Monochrome continuous tone basic
100 lpi

Default = 3
Range = 0 to 19 (invalid values are ignored;
values 1, 2, 9, and 10 are ignored for
device-independent color)
HP Color LaserJet 5 and 5M printers remap non-continous
tone render algorithms (3 - 14) into continuous tone smooth
(15) and monochrome continuous tone smooth (17)
algorithms.

2-104 Printer-Specific Differences

HP LaserJet 6P/
6MP Printers

The HP LaserJet 6P and 6MP printers are similar to the
LaserJet 5P and 5MP printers, with the addition of higher
performance and faster print speed (up to 8 ppm). The PCL
5 feature set is identical to the LaserJet 5P/5MP printers,
with the exception that the LaserJet 6P/6MP printers
support some additional paper sizes (A5, JIS B5, JIS B4,
and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards).
The HP LaserJet 6MP printer also includes the Adobe
PostScript Level 2 printer language with 35 additional
built-in PostScript fonts.

HP LaserJet 5Si
Mopier

The HP LaserJet 5Si Mopier combines the performance and
network strengths of the LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers with
the ability to print, collate, and staple multiple copies of a
document. The LaserJet 5Si Mopier has the same PCL
feature set as the LaserJet 5Si/5Si printers, but allows you
to download a document just once and then print as many
originals as you need.
Multiple-original printing (“mopying”) and stapling is
accomplished using PJL commands. The application software, using PJL commands, determines to which output
bin the printed copy will be delivered. If the stapling bin is
selected, the job is automatically stapled.

Note

Multiple mopies are produced using the PJL SET QTY
command. In order for the mopier to produce more than one
original of a print job, the PCL number of copies command
(?&l#X) must not be included in the data stream, since this
command will limit the job to one copy or produce multiple
uncollated copies.
See the PJL Printer Job Language Technical Reference
Manual for a PJL example of printing to the mopier.

Printer-Specific Differences 2-105

HP LaserJet 6L
Printer

The HP LaserJet 6L printer looks like the LaserJet 5L
printer and has an identical PCL feature set. At 6 pagesper-minute, it prints two more pages per minute than the
LaserJet 5L, contains the same standard typefaces, and
supports the same paper sizes. Like the LaserJet 5L, the
LaserJet 6L printer does not have a control panel.
(Refer to Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature
Comparison, for the specific PCL implementation.)

HP LaserJet 4000
Series Printers

Selecting Media Type

The HP LaserJet 4000 series printers are similar to the
LaserJet 5/5M printers in their design and PCL feature set.
They support a very similar set of paper sizes. (Refer to
Table 1-1, HP LaserJet Printer Feature Comparison, for the
specific PCL implementation.)
Besides using the Media Type command (?&l#M) to select
a print media, with the LaserJet 4000 series printers you
can also use the Alphanumeric ID command as follows:
?&n11W[binary 100][name]
where name is a media type string such as “Preprinted”
For example:
?&n6W[binary 100]Legal
selects the “Legal” media type.
For more information on the Alphanumeric ID command,
see page 2-79.

2-106 Printer-Specific Differences

3
Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol Sets
Introduction

This chapter identifies the internal typefaces/fonts and
their associated symbol sets available in the various
printers. This information is presented first for bitmap
fonts and their symbol sets, then for scalable typefaces and
their symbol sets.

Note

Internal refers to those typefaces/fonts and symbol sets
which are resident in the printer.

Fonts 3-1

Bitmap Fonts and
Symbol Sets

Table 3-1 identifies the resident bitmap fonts for the
printers. The supported symbol sets for these bitmap fonts
are shown in Table 3-2. The HP LaserJet III, IIID, IIIP, and
IIISi printers contained all these bitmap fonts. However,
with the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4 printer, the
bitmap Courier was replaced by a scalable Courier typeface
(refer to “Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets”). The HP
LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers do not contain any bitmap
fonts. If this printer receives a request for Line Printer, the
fixed-pitch scalable Courier typeface is substituted. Except
as noted, the DeskJet 1200C and 1600C support the same
fonts and symbol sets as the HP LaserJet 4 printer.
Table 3-2 identifies the symbol sets available for the
internal bitmap fonts. Note that this list is for the bitmap
fonts only. For the scalable typeface symbol sets, refer to
the section “Scalable Typefaces and Symbol Sets.”

Table 3-1.

Bitmap Fonts (All Fixed Pitch)

Typeface

Pitch/Point
Treatment

Courier
Courier
Courier
Courier
Courier
Courier
Line Printer

nr - not resident

3-2 Fonts

10/12 Med
10/12 Italic
10/12 Bold
12/10 Med
12/10 Italic
12/10 Bold
16.67/8.5
Med

P - Portrait

L - Landscape

Orientation

P&L
P
P&L
P
P
P
P&L

III, IIID, IIIP,
IIISi

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

4, 4M, 4P, 4MP, 4Si, 4ML, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro,
4LC, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4000 series, 4V,
4MV, 5P, 5MP, 6P, 6MP, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, Color LJ, Color LJ
5, Color LJ 5M, DJ 1200C, DJ 1600C

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓

4L

5L
6L

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

Table 3-2.

Bitmap Symbol Sets

Roman-8
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 (ECMA-94)
PC-8
PC-8 Danish/Norwegian
PC-850
ISO 6 ASCII
Legal
ISO 21 German
ISO 17 Spanish
ISO 69 French
ISO 15 Italian
ISO 60 Norwegian v1
ISO 4 United Kingdom
ISO 11 Swedish: names
1

2

3

4

Symbol Set1
ISO 57 Chinese2
ISO 25 French2
ISO 2 IRV2
ISO 14 JIS ASCII2
ISO 61 Norwegian v22
ISO 16 Portuguese2
ISO 84 Portuguese2
ISO 85 Spanish2
ISO 10 Swedish/Finnish2
HP German2
HP Spanish2
ISO 8859/2 Latin 23
ISO 8859/9 Latin 53
ISO 8859/10 Latin 64

PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and their associated IDs are listed in
Appendix C of this guide.
These symbol sets are becoming obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L,
4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4000 series, HP LaserJet 5 family, LaserJet 6 family, HP Color LaserJet family, and HP DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
The ISO Latin 2 and 5 symbol sets are not supported on HP LaserJet III family and HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, 4L, HP DeskJet 1200C
and 1600C printers.
Resident on HP LaserJet 5, 5M, and 4000 series printers only.

Scalable Typefaces
and Symbol Sets

Table 3-3 lists the internal scalable Intellifont typefaces
resident in the various printers. Table 3-4 lists the
TrueType typefaces. Most of these typefaces are unbound;
that is they can be linked to any of the available symbol
sets (with the limitations indicated). The symbol sets to
which a typeface can be bound are identified in Tables 3-5,
3-6, and 3-7. (A list of all of the assigned symbol set and
typeface codes is provided in Tables B-1, B-2, and B-3.)

Fonts 3-3

Table 3-3.

Scalable Intellifont Typefaces

Typeface

Treatment

Typeface
Number

III,
IIID,
IIIP

IIISi

ITC Zapf Dingbats
CG Times
Univers
Univers Cond

Med
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med Cnd, It Cnd,
Bld Cnd, Bld It Cnd
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med, It, Bld
Med (semi-bold),
Extra Bld
Med, It, Bld
Bld Cnd
Med It
Antiqua (Med),
Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bd),
Kursiv Halb
Med
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med

4141
4101
4148
4148

nr
✓
✓
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

4099
4102
4362

nr
nr
nr

4168
4140
4116
4197

4297
4113
6826

Courier
Letter Gothic
Albertus
Antique Olive
Clarendon Cond.
Coronet
Garamond

Marigold
CG Omega
Wingdings
✓ - resident in the printer

3-4 Fonts

nr - not resident in the printer

5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family,
4000 series

4PJ
4LJ
Pro

4L
5L
6L

nr
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓

✓
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

✓

nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
✓

✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

nr

nr
✓

4LC

nr

5
5M

Table 3-4.

Scalable TrueType Typefaces

Typeface

Treatment

Arial
Times New Roman
Symbol
Wingdings
CG Times
Univers
Univers Cond

Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med
Med
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med Cnd, It Cnd,
Bld Cnd, Bld It Cnd
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med, It, Bld
Med (semi-bold),
Extra Bld
Med, It, Bld
Bld Cnd
Med It
Antiqua (Med),
Kursiv (It),
Halbfett (Bd),
Kursiv Halb
Med
Med, It, Bld, Bld It
Med
Med1
Med1
Med1
Med1
Med1

Courier
Letter Gothic
Albertus
Antique Olive
Clarendon Cond.
Coronet
Garamond

Marigold
CG Omega
Wingdings
MS Mincho
MS Gothic
SimSun
Sim Hei
GW-Kai
✓ - resident in the printer
1

Typeface
Number

5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier,
6P, 6MP,
Color LJ,
Color LJ 5/5M,
DJ 1200C,
DJ 1600C,
LJ 4 family

III,
IIID,
IIIP

IIISi

16602
16901
16686
31402
4101
4148
4148

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

4099
4102
4362

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

4168
4140
4116
4197

nr
nr
nr
nr

4297
4113
6826
28752
28825
37058
37110
37357

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

4PJ
4LJ
Pro

4L
5L
6L

4LC

5,
5M,
4000
series

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓

nr
nr
nr

✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

nr - not resident in the printer

Pseudo-bold, pseudo-italic, and pseudo-bold italic are available using character enhancements.

Fonts 3-5

Table 3-5.

Scalable Symbol Sets
Printer

Symbol Set1

III, IIID, IIIP

Roman-8
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
PC-8
PC-8 Danish/Norwegian
PC-850
ISO 6 ASCII
Legal
ISO 21 German
ISO 17 Spanish
ISO 69 French
ISO 15 Italian
ISO 60 Norwegian v1
ISO 4 United Kingdom
ISO 11 Swedish: names
ISO 57 Chinese2
ISO 25 French2
ISO 2 IRV2
ISO 14 JIS ASCII2
ISO 61 Norwegian v22
ISO 16 Portuguese2
ISO 84 Portuguese2
ISO 85 Spanish2
ISO 10 Swedish/Finnish2
HP German2
HP Spanish2

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

IIISi

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 Families,
Color LaserJet Family,
DeskJet 1200C & 1600C

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr

4PJ
4LJ Pro
4LC

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓ - symbol set is resident. nr - symbol set is not resident.
1
PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and their associated IDs are shown in
Appendix C of this guide.
2
These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete, are not recommended for future use, and are not resident on any DeskJet 1200C or
DeskJet 1600C.

3-6 Fonts

Table 3-5.

Scalable Symbol Sets (continued)
HP LaserJet Printer
1

Symbol Set

PC-1004 (OS/2)
DeskTop
Ventura International 2
PS Text
Ventura US 2
Microsoft Publishing
Math-8
Ventura Math 2
PS Math
Pi Font
Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats 2
PS ITC Zapf Dingbats
ITC Zapf Dingbats 100
ITC Zapf Dingbats 200
ITC Zapf Dingbats 300
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
PC 852
PC 775
PC Turkish
MC Text
Windows 3.1 Latin 1
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
Windows Baltic (not 3.1)
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J)
GB2312
Symbol
Wingdings
✓
1

2
3

4

III, IIID, IIIP

IIISi

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr

nr
nr
nr
nr

LaserJet 4/5 Families
Color LaserJet Family,
DeskJet 1200C & 1600C
nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

4LC

6L

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓
✓

nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓
✓

nr
✓

nr
✓

nr
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓

nr
✓

✓3
nr
✓4
✓4

nr
✓
✓
✓

nr
✓
✓3
nr
✓4
✓4

5, 5M,
4000 series,
6P, 6MP
✓
✓
nr
✓
nr
✓
✓
nr
✓
✓
nr
nr
nr
nr
nr
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
nr
nr
✓
✓

- Indicates a symbol set is supported.
nr - Indicates a symbol set is not resident.
PCL 5 printers support an extensive range of additional symbol sets. Some of the more common sets and their associated IDs are shown in
Appendix C of this guide.
These symbol sets are soon to be obsolete and are not recommended for future use.
The Japanese Windows 3.1J symbol set is only resident in the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, and LaserJet 4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier printers if ESC/P SIMM installed.
The HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers do not support the Symbol symbol set.

Fonts 3-7

Table 3-6.
PCL Symbol
Set ID
8U
0N
10U
11U
12U
19U
7J
10J
13J
14J
6J
1U
1E
0U
0S
0I
2S
1G
0D
1F
9U
12J
17U
9T
9E
5T
2N
5N
8M
5M
6M
15U
19M
579L

Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support
Symbol Set
Roman-8
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (ECMA 94 Latin 1)
PC-8
PC-8 D/N
PC-850
Windows 3.1 Latin1 (ANSI)
DeskTop
PS Text
Ventura International
Ventura US
Microsoft Publishing
Legal
ISO United Kingdom*
ASCII*
ISO Swedish: names*
ISO Italian*
ISO Spanish*
ISO German*
ISO Norwegian*
ISO French*
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
MC Text
PC-852
PC-Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
Math-8
PS Math
Ventura Math
Pi Font
Symbol
Wingdings

CG
Times
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Univers Courier
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Letter Albertus Antique Coronet Univers
Gothic
Olive
Cond.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
◆
◆
◆
◆
•
•
•
•

• Fonts supported by Color LaserJet family, DeskJet 1200C, LaserJet 4/5 families except 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4000 series, 5, and 5M. Courier is
the only Intellifont typeface family supported by the LaserJet 4PJ printer.
◆ Additional fonts supported by DeskJet 1200C,1600C (B,C revs.) & LaserJet 4/5/6 families except 4,4M,4Si,4SiMx,4PJ,4LJ Pro,4000 series,
5,5M.

3-8 Fonts

Table 3-6.
PCL Symbol
Set ID
8U
0N
10U
11U
12U
19U
7J
10J
13J
14J
6J
1U
1E
0U
0S
0I
2S
1G
0D
1F
9U
12J
17U
9T
9E
5T
2N
5N
8M
5M
6M
15U
19M
579L

Intellifont Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
Symbol Set
Roman-8
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (ECMA 94 Latin 1)
PC-8
PC-8 D/N
PC-850
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI)
DeskTop
PS Text
Ventura International
Ventura US
Microsoft Publishing
Legal
ISO United Kingdom *
ASCII*
ISO Swedish: names*
ISO Italian*
ISO Spanish*
ISO German*
ISO Norwegian*
ISO French*
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (Windows)
MC Text
PC-852
PC-Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2
ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
Math-8
PS Math
Ventura Math
Pi Font
Symbol
Wingdings

Clarend.
Cond.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Marigold

CG Omega

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Garmnd.
Antiqua
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

Wingdings

▲

• Supported by all LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 family printers except 4PJ, 4L, 5L, 6L, 4LJ Pro, 4000 series, 5, and 5M.
▲ Additional font supported by the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, 6L, DeskJet 1200C (B and C revisions), and 1600C only.
◆ Additional fonts supported by LaserJet 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4LJ Pro, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V,4MV,4000 series, Color LJ, LaserJet 5/6 families except 5,
5M.

Fonts 3-9

Table 3-7.

TrueType Typeface Symbol Set Support
Scalable TrueType Typefaces

PCL
Symbol
Set ID
8U
0N
10U
11U
12U
19U
9J
7J
10J
13J
14J
6J
1U
1E
0U
0S
0I
2S
1G
0D
1F
9U
12J
17U
26U
9T
9E
19L
5T
2N

Symbol Set

Arial

Roman-8
ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 (was ECMA 94 Latin 1)
PC-8
PC-8 D/N
PC-850
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (Microsoft “ANSI”)
PC-1004 (OS/2)
DeskTop
PS Text
Ventura International
Ventura US
Microsoft Publishing
Legal
ISO United Kingdom *
ASCII*
ISO Swedish: names*
ISO Italian*
ISO Spanish*
ISO German*
ISO Norwegian*
ISO French*
Windows 3.0 Latin 1 (formerly “Windows”)
MC Text
PC-852
PC-775
PC-Turkish
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
Windows Baltic (not 3.1)
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
ISO 8859-2 Latin 2

•
•
•
•
•
•

Times
New
Roman
•
•
•
•
•
•

◆

◆

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

◆

◆

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

◆

◆

•
•

•
•

◆

◆

•
•

•
•

Wingdings

Bitmap
Font
Symbol
MS
Sim Sun Line
Mincho, Sim Hei Printer
MS Gothic GW-Kai
•
•
•
•
•

★

• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4000 series, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P, 6MP, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, and 5M printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by HP LaserJet 5, 5M, and 4000 series printers.
★ Not supported by HP LaserJet 5, 5M, and 4000 series printers as well as Ventura synbol sets.
* These subsets are variations of the Roman-8 set.
▲ Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4000 series, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P, 6MP,
Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, and 5M printers.

3-10 Fonts

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

▲

Table 3-7.

TrueType Typeface Symbol Set Support (continued)
Scalable TrueType Typefaces

PCL
Symbol
Set ID
5N
6N
8M
5M
6M
15U
19M
579L
19K
19C

Symbol Set

ISO 8859-9 Latin 5
ISO 8859-10 Latin 6
Math-8
PS Math
Ventura Math
Pi Font
Symbol
Wingdings
Japanese Windows 3.1J (WIN3.1J)
GB2312

Arial
•

Times
New
Roman
•

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

◆

Wingdings

Bitmap
Font
Symbol
MS
Sim Sun Line
Mincho, Sim Hei Printer
MS Gothic GW-Kai
▲
◆

•
•
★

•

• Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4, 4Si, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4000 series, 5P, 5Si, 5SiMx,
5Si Mopier, 5, 5M, 6P, 6MP, Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, and 5M printers.
▲ Fonts supported by HP LaserJet 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6P, 6MP, Color LaserJet,
Color LaserJet 5, and 5M printers.
◆ Additional fonts supported by HP LaserJet 5, 5M, and 4000 series printers.
★ Only for HP LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, & 4V/4MV, 5Si/5SiMx and 5Si Mopier if ESC/P SIMM installed.

Fonts 3-11

Typeface Selection
Differences

With the introduction of the HP LaserJet IID printer,
Hewlett-Packard expanded the typeface value field (in the
font header) from a one-byte to a two-byte value field, thus
expanding the typeface range from 0-255 to 0-32767. This
expansion allows for additional typefaces.
Prior to the HP LaserJet IID printer, typeface values used a
single byte (8-bits for a range of 0-255) for font selection.
This value, referred to as the typeface base value, was used
to identify fonts for selection. With the addition of the
second byte in the typeface value field, one bit was added to
the typeface base value range, increasing it from 8 bits to
9 bits (for a range of 0-511). This allows a greater range for
typeface base value selection.
In addition to expanding the typeface base value, two other
values were included in the two-byte typeface value:
vendor number and vendor version. The vendor
number identifies the font vendor and the vendor version
identifies the version of the font. These two values are for a
vendor to create an updated version of the typeface. The
three values together represent the typeface family
value. Refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual Chapter 11,“Font Creation - Typeface
Family,” for a more complete description of this two-byte
typeface family value.

Note

3-12 Fonts

With the introduction of the HP LaserJet 4 printer, HP
redefined the typeface field again, this time eliminating the
vendor version identifier and expanding the typeface family
to encompass the 12 least significant bits (bits 11-0) of this
16-bit field (see the field description for “Typeface” in
Chapter 11).

Both the typeface family value and the typeface base value
can be used for font selection. Since the typeface family
value (two-byte value) is based on the typeface base value
(9 bit value), a font selection which specifies the typeface
base value may select a font described by a typeface family
value in the printer.
There is some variation in how font selection occurs
between PCL 5 printer models when mixing the typeface
family and base values. The typeface selection compatibility
for two types of values is identified for the various PCL 5
printers in Table 3-8.
Some typeface (two-byte) family values and their
corresponding base values are listed below. For a complete
listing of typeface family and base values, refer to Tables
C-2 and C-3 in Appendix C of this document.
Typeface Values
Family
Value
0
16602
4168
4127
4119
4101
4148

Typeface Family
Line Printer
Arial
Antique Olive
ITC Avant Garde
CG Century Schoolbook
CG Times
Univers

Base
Value
0
218
72
31
23
5
52

Fonts 3-13

Table 3-8.

Base/Family Typeface Selection Compatibility

Typeface
Selection
Command
?(s#T Type

Printer Font
Descriptor
Type

Family
Value

Family
Value

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Ignores typeface
(value field too large)

Family
Value

Base
Value

Ignores
typeface
for font
selection

Ignores
typeface
for font
selection

Ignores
typeface
for font
selection

Ignores typeface for
font selection
(value field too large)

Base
Value

Family
Value

Typeface
Selected2

Ignores
typeface
for font
selection

Ignores
typeface
for font
selection

Typeface may be
selected
(font descriptor
typeface MSB field is
ignored)3

Base
Value

Base
Value

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface
Selected

Typeface Selected

PCL 5
Printer

IIP

IID

series II1

This table assumes that the typeface type specified is available in the printer.

1

The LaserJet series II printer only accepts a typeface selection value field range of 0-255.
If two fonts are available in the printer that have the same value in the lower (LSB) byte of the font descriptor typeface field (such as 5 and
4101), the typeface selected will be one of these selected at random.
3
The MSB typeface byte in the Font Descriptor is ignored by the printer; only the LSB typeface byte is read.
2

3-14 Fonts

4
Print Environment
Introduction

All of a printer’s current feature settings are collectively
referred to as a print environment. A PCL printer
maintains four print environments: Factory Default
Environment, User Default Environment, Modified Print,
and Overlay Environment.
This chapter identifies the Factory Default Environment
and User Default Environment. The Factory Default
Environment, which is programmed into a printer at the
factory, is listed in Table 4-1 for the PCL context and
Table 4-2 for the HP-GL/2 context. The User Default
Environment, which can be set from a printer’s control
panel, is listed in Table 4-3.

Note

If a feature setting is not supported on a printer (for example, duplex on non-duplex printers, or status readback on
printers which do not support that feature), then the
printer’s print environment does not contain that feature
setting. In the following tables, not all values are used for
all printers. See Table 1-1 to identify supported values for a
certain HP printer.
The HP LaserJet 4PJ printer defaults to the ESC/P personality. The defaults listed here are for PCL only.

Print Environment 4-1

Table 4-1.

Factory Default Environment — PCL Context

Number of Copies1
Duplex1
Binding2
Registration
Tray Lock1
Manual Feed1
Job Separation3
Output Bin
Units of Measure
Print Direction
Orientation1
Page Size1
Paper (Media) Source
Media Destination
Vertical Motion Index1
Horizontal Motion Index4
Top Margin
Text Length
Left Margin
Right Margin
Perforation Skip
Line Termination
1
2
3
4

JOB CONTROL
1
Off (Simplex)
Long-edge
Left=0, Top=0
All trays unlocked
Off
Off
Upper (face down) bin
300 Units/inch
PAGE CONTROL
0
Portrait
Letter
Paper Source (Printer Specific Large
Source)
0 (Automatic Selection)
8 (6 lpi)
12 (10 cpi)
1/2" (150 dots)
60 lines
Left logical page boundary
Right logical page boundary
On
CR→CR, LF→LF, FF→FF

User can select default values from the printer’s Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
Selectable from the printer Operator Control Panel if duplex is selected.
Used on HP LaserJet IIISi and 4Si printers only.
The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the
user selected default font from the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.

4-2 Print Environment

Table 4-1.

Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)

FONTS 1
Symbol Set2,6
Roman-8
Spacing6
Fixed
Pitch3
10 cpi
Height4
12 point
Style
Upright
Stroke Weight
Medium
Typeface6
Courier
UNDERLINING
Underlining Mode
Off
CHARACTER TEXT PATH DIRECTION
Character Text Path Direction
0 (horizontal)
TEXT PARSING
0 or 31
Text Parsing Method5
FONT MANAGEMENT
Font ID
0
Character Code
0
Symbol Set ID
0
RASTER GRAPHICS
Presentation Mode
3 (Print image along the physical page
width)
Left Graphics Margin
0
Resolution
75 dpi
Compression Mode
0
Raster Height
N/A
Raster Width
Logical Page Width
1

2
3
4
5

6

The font characteristics are determined by the default font. The default font can be the factory default font, the user selected default font
from the Operator Control Panel, or from a font cartridge with a default font.
User can select default values from the printer’s Operator Control Panel for these feature settings.
Selectable from the front panel if a fixed-space scalable font was selected as the user default.
Selectable from the front panel if a proportional scalable font was selected as the user default.
If the default symbol set is WIN31J, the value is 31; otherwise, it is 0—only available on the LaserJet 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, and LaserJet 4V/4MV
printers if the ESC/P SIMM is installed. If the default symbol set is GB2312, the value is 38; otherwise it is 0.
For the LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro printers, the default symbol set is WIN31J, the default typeface is MS Mincho, and the default spacing is
proportional. For the LaserJet 4V/4MV printer, the default symbol set is Roman-8, default typeface is Courier, and spacing fixed;
Japanese customers must explicitly change the defaults if desired. For the LaserJet 4LC printer, the default symbol set is GB2312,
default typeface is Sim Sun, and the default spacing is proportional. For the LaserJet 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 6P, 6MP printers and the LaserJet 5Si
Mopier, the default symbol set is PC-8.

Print Environment 4-3

Table 4-1.

Factory Default Environment — PCL Context (continued)

Current Pattern
Source Transparency Mode
Pattern Transparency Mode
Pattern Reference Point
Logical Operation
Pattern Rotation

Horizontal Rectangle Size
Vertical Rectangle Size
Area Fill ID

Picture Frame Width
Picture Frame Height
Picture Frame Anchor Point
HP-GL/2 Plot Horizontal Size
HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical Size

Macro ID

PRINT MODEL
Solid
0 (transparent)
0 (transparent)
0, 0
ROP 252
0 (Pattern rotates with print direction)
RECTANGULAR AREA FILL
0
0
0
PICTURE FRAME
Logical page width
Text length
PCL Cursor at left edge of the logical page
(top margin plus 75% of VMI)
Picture frame horizontal size
Picture frame vertical size
MACRO
0

End-of-Line Wrap
Display Functions

TROUBLESHOOTING
Off
Off

Current Location Type
Current Location Unit

STATUS READBACK
0 - Invalid location
0 - All units

4-4 Print Environment

Table 4-2.

Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context

Character Set
Font Spacing
Pitch
Height
Posture
Stroke Weight
Typeface
Character Direction
Character Direction Mode
Character Size
Character Size Mode
Character Slant
Extra Horizontal Space
Extra Vertical Space
Character Fill Mode
Label Origin
Label Terminator
Transparent Data Mode
Primary Font ID
Secondary Font ID
Scalable or Bitmap Font

CHARACTER GROUP
Roman-8
Fixed
10 cpi
12 point
Upright
Medium
HP-GL/2 stick
Horizontal
Absolute
Size transformation off
Absolute
0
0
0
Solidly filled, no edging
1
Etx
Off
0
0
Select scalable fonts only

Plotting Mode
Pen State

VECTOR GROUP
Absolute
Up

Polygon Buffer
Polygon Mode

POLYGON GROUP
Cleared
Off

Print Environment 4-5

Table 4-2.

Factory Default Environment — HP-GL/2 Context (continued)

LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTE GROUP
Line Type
Solid
Line Type Repeat Length
4% of the diagonal distance from P1 to P2
Line Cap
Butt
Line Join
Mitered
Miter Limit
5
Pen Width
0.35mm
Pen Width Selection Mode
Metric
Selected Pen
No pen
Symbol Mode
Off
Fill Type
Solid (bi-directional)
User-defined Line Type
Eight standard line types
Anchor Corner
(0,0) Plotter units
User-defined Fill Types
Solid fill
Transparency Mode
On (transparent)
Screened Vector
No screening
CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP
Off
PCL default picture frame
(the PCL default logical page less 1/2 inch at
the top and the bottom)
Coordinate System Orientation
Orientation of PCL default logical page
coordinate system
P1, P2
Lower left, upper right corners, respectively,
of picture frame
Scale Mode
Window

4-6 Print Environment

Note

Table 4-3 lists the User Default Environment. This print
environment is stored in non-volatile RAM (NVRAM),
which allows it to be retained in the event of a power cycle
(except for the HP LaserJet 4L, 5L, and 6L printers, which
do not contain NVRAM). In earlier printers without PJL,
the feature settings contained in the User Default Environment were selectable through the control panel only. In
newer printers with PJL, these feature settings can be set
from either the control panel (if the printer has one) or
through PJL or both.
The User Default Environment is reset to the Factory Default Environment upon a cold reset.

Print Environment 4-7

Table 4-3.

User Default Environment

Menu Item

Copies
Orientation
Font Source
Font Number
Pitch 4
Point Size5
Symbol Set
Form/Lines of
Text6
Paper (Job)
Size

Manual Feed
Duplex
Binding
Output Bin
Resolution
Enhancement
Print Density
EconoMode
Resource
Saving

III

IIID

IIISi

IIIP

1* through 991
Portrait*, Land.
Internal*, Cartridge, Soft Fonts
0* (Courier) to n
10.00* .44 - 99.99
12.00* 4 - 999.75
Roman-8*
60* 5 - 128

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓7
✓
✓
✓7
✓7

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Letter*, Legal,
Executive, A4,
Com-10,
Monarch, DL, C5
Off*, On
Off* (simplex),On
Long-edge*,
Short-edge
Upper*, Lower
Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off
1, 2, 3*, 4, 5
On, Off*
On, Off*

✓

no
C5

✓

plus
B5

no
C5

plus
B5

plus B5
&
Custom6

plus
B5

✓
✓
✓8

✓

✓

ns
ns

ns
ns

✓
✓8
✓8

plus
A3,
11x17and
more9
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

ns

ns

On,
Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

✓

✓

4Si

1-999 1-999
✓
✓
✓2
✓2

✓

✓

✓8

✓
✓
✓8

ns
ns

ns
ns

ns
✓

ns
✓

✓
✓

ns
✓

ns
✓

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns
ns

ns
ns

✓
✓

4

✓
On/
Off
ns
ns
✓

4L

4ML,
4P, 4PJ, 4 Plus,
4MP, 4LJ 4M Plus,
Pro, 4LC 5P, 5MP
1-999
1-999
✓
✓
✓2,3
✓2

Range

1-999
✓
✓✓

4V,
4MV
1-999
✓
✓2

ns
ns

✓ - Supported * - Default value (see Chapter 3 for list) ns - Not Supported
PCL range is 1 through 32767
2
SIMMs also available
3
The HP LaserJet 4L, 4ML, 4PJ, and 4MP printers do not accept cartridges.
4
Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only
5
Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
6
Sets PCL text length
7
For LaserJet 4PJ and 4LJ Pro, WIN3.1J is the default symbol set and MS Mincho is default typeface; for the LaserJet 4LC, GB2312 is the
default symbol set and SimSun is the default typeface. A4 is default paper size, 64 is default lines of text; printer also supports JIS B5
paper, Hagaki and Oufuku-Hagaki postcards.
8
Supported if duplex is installed (duplex is an option on LaserJet 4 Plus and 4M Plus)
9
LaserJet 4V/4MV also supports JIS B5, JIS B4, JPOST, JPOSTD, Commercial B5, and Custom (11.7" x 17.7").
1

4-8 Print Environment

Table 4-3.

User Default Environment (continued)

Menu Item

Range

5L
6L

5, 5M
6P, 6MP

✓
✓

✓
✓

Font Number
Pitch 2
Point Size3
Symbol Set
Form/Lines Text4
Paper (Job) Size

1* through 9991
Portrait*, Land.
Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
0* (Courier) to n
10.00* .44 - 99.99
12.00* 4 - 999.75
Roman-8*
60* 5 - 128
Letter*, Legal,

Manual Feed
Duplex

Off*, On
Off* (simplex),On

Binding

Long-edge*,
Short-edge
Upper*, Lower

ns
ns

✓
plus A4, A5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
(6P/6MP also
includes
Custom,
JISB5,
JPOST,
JPOSTD)
✓
5/5M (option)
6P/6MP (ns)
5/5M (w/
duplex option)
ns

Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On
1, 2, 3*, 4, 5
On, Off*
On, Off*

On*, Off
✓
✓

Copies
Orientation
Font Source

Output Bin
(Media Bin)
Resolution
Enhancement
Print Density
EconoMode
Resource
Saving

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓ (no
cartridges)

✓
✓
✓
PC-8*
✓
plus A4,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
C5, DL, B5)
Custom
(3" x 5" –
8.5" x 14")

✓ - Supported * - Default value (see Chapter 2 for list)
1
PCL range is 1 through 32767
2
Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.
3
Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
4
Sets PCL text length

✓
ns

ns

✓
✓
✓
✓

5Si
5SiMx
5Si Mopier
✓
✓
✓ (no
cartridges)

Color LaserJet DeskJet 1200C
DeskJet 1600C
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓

PC-8*
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

plus A4,
Executive,
A3, B4, B5,
Ledger (11"
x 17"),
Envelopes
(Com-10,
Monarch,
DL, C5, B5

plus A4,
11x17, A3,
Executive,
plus
COM10,
DL, C5
envelopes

✓
✓

✓

✓

ns

ns

✓

ns

ns

✓

✓

ns

✓

On*, Off

✓

✓

✓
✓
On, Off, Auto*

✓
✓

✓
✓

✓
✓

On, Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

On, Off,
Auto*

ns - Not Supported

Print Environment 4-9

Table 4-3. User Default Environment (continued)
Menu Item

Copies
Orientation
Font Source

Font Number
Pitch 2
Point Size3
Symbol Set
Form/Lines Text4
Paper (Job) Size

Manual Feed
Duplex
Binding
Output Bin
(Media Bin)
Resolution
Enhancement
Print Density
EconoMode
Resource
Saving

Range

4000 series

1* through 9991
Portrait*, Land.
Internal*,
Cartridge,
Soft Fonts
0* (Courier) to n
10.00* .44 - 99.99
12.00* 4 - 999.75
Roman-8*
60* 5 - 128
Letter*, Legal,

✓
✓

Off*, On
Off* (simplex),On
Long-edge*,
Short-edge
Upper*, Lower
Medium*, Light,
Dark, Off, On
1, 2, 3*, 4, 5
On, Off*
On, Off*

✓ (no
cartridges)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
plus A4, A5,
B5, JIS-B5,
Executive,
Envelopes
(Com10,
Monarch, C5,
DL, B5)
✓
option
(w/ duplex
option)
ns
✓
✓
✓
On, Off, Auto*

✓ - Supported * - Default value (see Chapter 2 for list)
PCL range is 1 through 32767
2
Displayed for fixed-spaced scalable fonts only.
3
Displayed for proportional scalable fonts only
4
Sets PCL text length
1

4-10 Print Environment

ns - Not Supported

5
Memory Usage
Introduction

In some situations, the amount of available memory for
printing pages may be smaller than that required for
printing. To make more effective use of the available printer
memory, newer HP PCL 5 printers incorporate new
methods for managing memory. This smaller amount of
available memory is made more usable by:
Memory Enhancement technology, MEt, (available on all
HP LaserJet 6, LaserJet 5, and LaserJet 4 family
printers except the 4, 4M, 4Si and 4SiMx)
Adaptive Data Compression, ADC, (available on HP
LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx and DeskJet 1200C printers)
Following recommended practices for transmitting data,
especially raster graphics, to the printer
For the HP LaserJet 4L, using Raster Graphics Adaptive
Compression (PCL compression mode five)
All HP LaserJet 4, 5 and 6 family printers have internal
programming for optimizing the use of limited memory. HP
LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si, 4SiMx, and DeskJet 1200C printers
compress raster graphics data using a system called
Adaptive Data Compression or ADC. The other HP
LaserJet 4 / 5 / 6 printers use MEt to compress not only
raster graphics data, but also to compress fonts, improve
memory usage for page protection, and provide an overall
improvement in memory efficiency. Both systems operate
automatically and without any intervention from the user.
The HP Color LaserJet printer has memory management
features similar to MEt, but has additional features for
color processing.

Memory Usage 5-1

Operation of ADC
and MEt

The goal of ADC is to automatically and transparently
reduce Memory Out errors caused by raster graphics pages.
MEt extends this goal to reducing all Memory Out errors
and eliminating Print Overrun errors.
During the printing of a page, if available printer memory
becomes low, all HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers
and the HP Color LaserJet printer have the ability to
automatically compress any already-stored raster graphics
data using a variety of compression techniques. This allows
the printing of many raster graphics pages which would
have caused a Memory Out error on previous HP LaserJet
printers having the same amount of memory.
With ADC or MEt, PCL 5 printers can typically print a full
page of raster graphics in base memory without a memory
out. This is especially true for line art and typical business
graphics. Other types of graphics such as scanned
photographs (especially if a technique called error-diffusion
is used), cannot always be printed as easily by ADC or MEt
as can line art graphics. Fortunately, another internal
printer feature, Image Adapt, can be called upon to make
the page fit in memory.

Image Adapt

Image Adapt is only used as a last resort for compressing
raster graphics data and as such will rarely be seen. It
reduces a raster graphic image to one-fourth its original
size by trading off some of the image’s fine detail. This loss
of fine detail is often not noticeable.
Image Adapt can be disabled on some of the HP LaserJet 4,
5, and 6 family printers if required, but the technique
varies. On the HP LaserJet 4, 4M and 4Si the user will
have to add more memory to effectively remove the need for
Image Adapt. Image Adapt can be disabled on some of the
other HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers by using a
PJL command (refer to the respective printer user manuals
for further information—the Color LaserJet printer does
not utilize Image Adapt). If Image Adapt is turned off, more
pages will cause Memory Out errors.

5-2 Memory Usage

All HP LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers also include
enhancements to improve the internal storage of raster
graphics data.

Additional MEt
Features

With MEt, font data can also be compressed. All
downloaded bitmap characters and characters scaled from
internal or downloaded scalable outlines can be
compressed. The amount of memory savings varies with the
size of the characters involved (larger is better) but
character sizes can typically be cut in half. This allows
roughly twice as many fonts to be downloaded or scaled
using a MEt-enhanced LaserJet printer as previously
allowed on printers without MEt.
In prior PCL 5 printers, if the page could not be rendered as
fast as the laser printed it, a Print Overrun error occurred
unless page protection was manually turned on and
memory was added to accommodate it. With MEt, the
manual setting of Page Protection and the additional
memory required to facilitate it is obsolete. MEt
automatically assesses the complexity of the page being
printed and if too complex turns on a new form of page
protection which uses compression to remove the
requirement for additional memory.
In rare circumstances MEt’s assessment of the page may
prove to be incorrect. For these cases there is some amount
of control over this Page Protection process depending upon
which MEt-equipped printer is being used. Page Protection
may be explicitly turned on or off to avoid the complexity
assessment and either always or never perform the page
protection process. See the appropriate user manual for
details.
MEt also includes other internal memory-saving techniques
which improve the amount of memory required for the
printer’s internal representation of your page.

Memory Usage 5-3

ADC and MEt Notes

For raster graphics compression to perform at its best it is
recommended that the “Recommendations For Sending
Data to the Printer,” described below, be followed.
Character bitmaps can only be compressed if they can be
stored uncompressed in contiguous printer memory first.
This requirement implies that large point size characters
may require more printer memory than would seem
necessary.
During MEt’s Page Protection, portions of the internal
representation of the page are discarded to make room for
other aspects of the page protection process. If a memory
out condition occurs during this process (unlikely, but
possible) a white band will be seen on the page. The best
way to remedy this situation is to add memory to the
printer.

Recommendations
For Sending Data to
the Printer

The HP PCL 5 printers perform best in terms of speed and
memory utilization if the recommendations made below are
followed. Failure to follow these recommendations will not
harm the printer, but may increase the chances of a
memory out condition or increase the time to print a page.
Ordered Images — Raster Graphic images or pictures
should be sent from top to bottom with the data in one
band (start raster, end raster pair). If one band is not
possible, as few as possible multiple bands may be used
as long as they exactly follow each other and are sent in
top-to-bottom order. Also, multiple bands should be as
large as possible.
Band Sizes — If an image is sent in bands (start raster,
end raster pairs), the bands should be multiples of 32
lines high. This is especially critical for landscape
graphics. If there is no way to send multiples of 32-line
high bands, multiples of four for band height should be
used. This allows Image Adapt to work better.

5-4 Memory Usage

Avoid Non-Raster Commands — During the
transmission of sequential raster bands non-raster
commands should be avoided. This includes cursor
positioning commands.
Separation of Images — If more than one image or
picture is to be printed on a page, it is best to keep them
separate. Separation consists of assuring that the new
image starts with a new start raster command and that
the one image does not exactly follow the next image
(separate the image by at least one line vertically and
sixteen pixels horizontally). This constraint improves the
operation of Image Adapt.
Rectangular Images — All HP LaserJet 4 family
printers perform best if raster images are sent as
rectangular images to the printer. This entails keeping
the right margin of the image constant and keeping all
lines the full image width (no lines are truncated). Also,
avoid skipping lines. When whole blank lines appear in
the image, either send zeroed data row(s) or use the
Raster Y-Offset command.
Avoid Unnecessary Print Model Use — Print model
modes, other than source and pattern transparent,
degrade memory efficiency. (This restriction is not true
for the HP Color LaserJet printer.) For best results do
not use an opaque source unless there is an image known
to already be on the page in the same area. Following the
other rules listed in this section minimizes the impact of
using non-transparent print model modes.
Avoid Tall, Narrow Images — For ADC, images which
are taller than they are wide by more than eight to one
disable the printer’s ability to automatically separate
images upon the page (this restriction is not true for the
HP Color LaserJet printer). This violation is desirable in
the case where the above rules are violated and multiple
images are rendered as one image and sent to the printer
as one combined image. Sending raster data as a
checkerboard with non-full width bands sent left to right
and top to bottom also disables the printer’s automatic

Memory Usage 5-5

image separation. In general, for all HP LaserJet
printers, tall, narrow images should be avoided since
they typically require more memory.
Wide Patterns — Patterns can use up a lot of
memory— avoid them if possible. Avoid patterns which,
in their final orientation, are not 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 (32 is
for all but the 4L) bits wide. Patterns of other sizes will
be tiled out to the full width of the page and can consume
a large amount of memory (since the HP Color LaserJet
printer does not perform this way, it is not a factor for
this printer). Note that a landscape pattern that is 16
wide by 5 high would become 5 wide by 16 high when
rotated and be subjected to being tiled across the page.
Avoid Unnecessary Pattern Selection — In HP-GL/2,
avoid issuing redundant Fill Type (FT) and Line Type
(LT) commands. These commands may cause patterns to
be rebuilt and tiled for each invocation.
Avoid Many Small Polygons — In HP-GL/2 avoid
entering and exiting polygon mode repeatedly as it
fragments memory. If possible send down fewer, larger
polygons.
Download Font Characters as Needed — All PCL 5
printers operate best if fonts and outlines downloaded do
not include information for characters which are not
used upon the current page. It is also best to download
bitmap characters in the orientation which they will be
used.

Note

5-6 Memory Usage

When deleting font characters and patterns, remember that
if a pattern or font character is used on the current page,
any deletion commands affecting it will not be executed
until the page is printed.

Raster Graphics
Adaptive
Compression
(Method 5)

Raster Graphics Adaptive Compression (Set Compression
Method Command, mode 5) is implemented on the HP
LaserJet IIIP, Color LaserJet, all LaserJet 4, 5, and 6
family printers, and the DeskJet 1200C and 1600C printers.
This compression method allows the host to compress data
using a combination of PCL compression modes to obtain
optimum compression (refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language
Technical Reference manual, Set Compression Method
Command, for details).
An added benefit of this method for the HP LaserJet 4L and
LaserJet IIIP printers is that the data is not decompressed
upon entry to the printer provided the image is portrait,
300 dpi, transparent print model and no patterns are being
used. This allows the LaserJet 4L and IIIP to print many
pages which would otherwise require more memory. As an
added benefit these pages print faster. The other HP
LaserJet 4, 5, and 6 family printers decompress the data
upon entry to the printer and rely upon ADC or MEt to
compress the data if required.
For the HP LaserJet 4L printer it is critical that the image
actually compress (not expand) if Adaptive Compression is
used since MEt does not operate upon images meeting the
requirements for delayed decompression.

Memory Usage 5-7

5-8 Memory Usage

A
Printer Commands
Introduction

This appendix lists HP printer language commands. Table
A-1 lists PCL 5 commands in hierarchical order and gives
the decimal and hexadecimal equivalents of each. Table A-2
lists HP-GL/2 commands, where as Table A-3 lists control
codes.

Note

Values in parentheses “(x)” identify the lower case of the
termination character which is used for combining
commands.

Printer Commands A-1

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands

FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
JOB CONTROL COMMANDS
Reset

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Configuration
(AppleTalk)

Key/Value data
pair

?&b#W[data]

027 038 098 #...# 87

1B 26 62 #...# 57

Universal Exit
Language (ULE)

—

?%–12345X

027 037 045 049 050 051 052 053 088

1B 25 2D 31 32 33 34 35 58

Reset

—

?E

Number of Copies

# of Copies

?&l#X

(x)

027 038 108 #...# 088

(120)

1B 26 6C #...# 58

(78)

Simplex/Duplex
Print

Simplex

?&l0S

(s)

027 038 108 048 083

(115)

1B 26 6C 30 53

(73)

Long Edge
Binding

?&l1S

(s)

027 038 108 049 083

(115)

1B 26 6C 31 53

(73)

Short Edge
Binding

?&l2S

(s)

027 038 108 050 083

(115)

1B 26 6C 32 53

(73)

Long-Edge (Left) Offset
Registration

# of Decipoints
(1/720")

?&l#U

(u)

027 038 108 #...# 085

(117)

1B 26 6C #...# 55

(75)

Short-Edge (Top) Offset
Registration

# of Decipoints
(1/720")

?&l#Z

(z)

027 038 108 #...# 090

(122)

1B 26 6C #...# 5A

(7A)

Page Side Selection

Next Side

?&a0G

(g)

027 038 097 048 071

(103)

1B 26 61 30 47

(67)

Front Side

?&a1G

(g)

027 038 097 049 071

(103)

1B 26 61 31 47

(67)

Back Side

?&a2G

(g)

027 038 097 050 071

(103)

1B 26 61 32 47

(67)

Job Separation

—

?&l1T

(t)

027 038 108 049 084

(116)

1B 26 6C 31 54

(74)

Output (Media) Bin
Selection

Automatic selection

?&l0G

(g)

027 038 108 048 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 30 47

(67)

Upper Output Bin
(Bin #1)

?&l1G

(g)

027 038 108 049 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 31 47

(67)

Rear Output Bin1
(Bin #2)

?&l2G

(g)

027 038 108 050 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 32 47

(67)

Selects Bin #3

?&l3G

(g)

027 038 108 051 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 33 47

(67)

Selects Bin #4

?&l4G

(g)

027 038 108 052 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 34 47

(67)

Selects Bin #5

?&l5G

(g)

027 038 108 053 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 35 47

(67)

Selects Bin #6

?&l6G

(g)

027 038 108 054 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 36 47

(67)

Selects Bin #7

?&l7G

(g)

027 038 108 055 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 37 47

(67)

Selects Bin #8

?&l8G

(g)

027 038 108 056 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 38 47

(67)

Selects Bin #9

?&l9G

(g)

027 038 108 057 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 39 47

(67)

Selects Bin #10

?&l10G

(g)

027 038 108 049 048 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 31 30 47

(67)

Selects Bin #11

?&l11G

(g)

027 038 108 049 049 071

(103)

1B 26 6C 31 31 47

(67)

027 069

1B 45

Duplex

1

For HP LaserJet 5Si/5SiMx printers, ?&l2G selects the “printer left/face up bin,” which is not available when the High Capacity Output
(HCO) is attached.

A-2 Printer Commands

Table A-1.
FUNCTION

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)
PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Unit of
Measure

# Number of units
per inch

?&u#D

(d)

027 038 117 #...# 068

(100)

1B 26 75 #...# 44

(64)

Mechanical Print
Quality

Normal

?*o0Q

(q)

027 042 111 048 081

(113)

1B 2A 6F 30 51

(71)

Better

?*o1Q

(q)

027 042 111 049 081

(113)

1B 2A 6F 31 51

(71)

Best

?*o2Q

(q)

027 042 111 050 081

(113)

1B 2A 6F 32 51

(71)

Plain

?&l0M

(m)

027 038 108 048 077

(109)

1B 26 6C 30 4D

(6D)

Bond

?&l1M

(m)

027 038 108 049 077

(109)

1B 26 6C 31 4D

(6D)

Special

?&l2M

(m)

027 038 108 050 077

(109)

1B 26 6C 32 4D

(6D)

Glossy

?&l3M

(m)

027 038 108 051 077

(109)

1B 26 6C 33 4D

(6D)

Transparency

?&l4M

(m)

027 038 108 052 077

(109)

1B 26 6C 34 4D

(6D)

Contains negative
motion

?&a0N

(n)

027 038 097 048 078

(110)

1B 26 61 30 4E

(6E)

Does not contain
negative motion

?&a1N

(n)

027 038 097 049 078

(110)

1B 26 61 31 4E

(6E)

Media Type

Negative Motion

PAGE CONTROL COMMANDS
Page Length and Size
Paper Source

Page Size

Eject Page

?&l0H

(h)

027 038 108 048 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 30 48

(68)

Main Paper Source ?&l1H

(h)

027 038 108 049 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 31 48

(68)

Manual Feed

?&l2H

(h)

027 038 108 050 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 32 48

(68)

Manual Envelope
Feed

?&l3H

(h)

027 038 108 051 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 33 48

(68)

Alternate Paper
Source

?&l4H

(h)

027 038 108 052 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 34 48

(68)

Optional Large
Paper Source

?&l5H

(h)

027 038 108 053 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 35 48

(68)

Envelope Feeder

?&l6H

(h)

027 038 108 054 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 36 48

(68)

Auto Select

?&l7H

(h)

027 038 108 055 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 37 48

(68)

Tray 1 (right tray)

?&l8H

(h)

027 038 108 056 072

(104)

1B 26 6C 38 48

(68)

Executive

?&l1A

(a)

027 038 108 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 41

(61)

Letter

?&l2A

(a)

027 038 108 050 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 41

(61)

Legal

?&l3A

(a)

027 038 108 051 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 33 41

(61)

Ledger

?&l6A

(a)

027 038 108 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 36 41

(61)

A3

?&l27A

(a)

027 038 108 050 055 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 37 41

(61)

A4

?&l26A

(a)

027 038 108 050 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 36 41

(61)

A5

?&l25A

(a)

027 038 108 050 053 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 35 41

(61)

A6

?&l24A

(a)

027 038 108 050 052 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 32 34 41

(61)

JIS B4 Paper

?&l46A

(a)

027 038 108 052 054 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 36 41

(61)

JIS B5 Paper

?&l45A

(a)

027 038 108 052 053 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 35 41

(61)

JIS B6 Paper

?&l44A

(a)

027 038 108 052 052 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 34 34 41

(61)

Hagaki Postcard

?&l71A

(a)

027 038 108 055 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 37 31 41

(61)

Oufuku-Hagaki

?&l72A

(a)

027 038 108 055 050 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 37 32 41

(61)

Monarch Envelope

?&l80A

(a)

027 038 108 056 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 38 30 41

(61)

COM 10 Envelope

?&l81A

(a)

027 038 108 056 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 38 31 41

(61)

DL Envelope

?&l90A

(a)

027 038 108 057 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 39 30 41

(61)

C5 Envelope

?&l91A

(a)

027 038 108 057 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 39 31 41

(61)

B5 Envelope

?&l100A

(a)

027 038 108 049 048 048 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 30 30 41

(61)

Custom

?&l101A

(a)

027 038 108 049 048 049 065

(97)

1B 26 6C 31 30 31 41

(61)

Printer Commands A-3

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Orientation

PARAMETER

COMMAND

DECIMAL VALUE
Orientation

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Portrait

?&l0O

(o)

027 038 108 048 079

(111)

1B 26 6C 30 4F

(6F)

Landscape

?&l1O

(o)

027 038 108 049 079

(111)

1B 26 6C 31 4F

(6F)

Reverse Portrait

?&l2O

(o)

027 038 108 050 079

(111)

1B 26 6C 32 4F

(6F)

Reverse
Landscape

?&l3O

(o)

027 038 108 051 079

(111)

1B 26 6C 33 4F

(6F)

Print Direction

# Degrees of
?&a#P
Rotation (counterclockwise,
90° increments
only)

(p)

027 038 097 #...# 080

(112)

1B 26 61 #...# 50

(70)

Character Text
Path Direction

Horizontal
Vertical Rotated

?&c0T
?&c–1T

(t)
(t)

027 038 099 048 084
027 038 099 045 049 084

(116)
(116)

1B 26 63 30 54
1B 26 63 2D 31 54

(74)
(74)

Top Margin

# of Lines

?&l#E

(e)

027 038 108 #...# 069

(101)

1B 26 6C #...# 45

(65)

Text Length

# of Lines

?&l#F

(f)

027 038 108 #...# 070

(102)

1B 26 6C #...# 46

(66)

Left Margin

# of Columns

?&a#L

(l)

027 038 097 #...# 076

(108)

1B 26 61 #...# 4C

(6C)

Right Margin

# of Columns

?&a#M

(m) 027 038 097 #...# 077

(109)

1B 26 61 #...# 4D

(6D)

Clear Horizontal
Margins

—

?9

Perforation Skip

Disable

?&l0L

(l)

027 038 108 048 076

(108)

1B 26 6C 30 4C

(6C)

Enable

?&l1L

(l)

027 038 108 049 076

(108)

1B 26 6C 31 4C

(6C)

(104)

1B 26 6B #...# 48

(68)

Margins and Text Length

027 057

1B 39

Perforation Skip Mode

Horizontal Column Spacing
Horizontal Motion
Index (HMI)

# of 1/120"
Increments

?&k#H

(h)

027 038 107 #...# 072

Vertical Motion Index (VMI)

# of 1/48"
Increments

?&l#C

(c)

027 038 108 #...# 067

(99)

1B 26 6C #...# 43

(63)

Line Spacing
(Lines per inch)

1 line/inch

?&l1D

(d)

027 038 108 049 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 31 44

(64)

2 lines/inch

?&l2D

(d)

027 038 108 050 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 32 44

(64)

3 lines/inch

?&l3D

(d)

027 038 108 051 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 33 44

(64)

4 lines/inch

?&l4D

(d)

027 038 108 052 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 34 44

(64)

6 lines/inch

?&l6D

(d)

027 038 108 054 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 36 44

(64)

8 lines/inch

?&l8D

(d)

027 038 108 056 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 38 44

(64)

12 lines/inch

?&l12D

(d)

027 038 108 049 050 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 31 32 44

(64)

16 lines/inch

?&l16D

(d)

027 038 108 049 054 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 31 36 44

(64)

24 lines/inch

?&l24D

(d)

027 038 108 050 052 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 32 34 44

(64)

48 lines/inch

?&l48D

(d)

027 038 108 052 056 068

(100)

1B 26 6C 34 38 44

(64)

Vertical Line Spacing

ALPHANUMERIC ID
Alphanumeric ID

# of bytes

A-4 Printer Commands

?&n#W[operation]
[String]

027 038 110 #...# 087

1B 26 6E #...# 57

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

Vertical Position

Horizontal Position

PARAMETER

COMMAND
CURSOR POSITIONING
Vertical and Horizontal

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

# of Rows

?&a#R

(r)

027 038 097 #...# 082

(114)

1B 26 61 #...# 52

(72)

# of Units

?*p#Y

(y)

027 042 112 #...# 089

(121)

1B 2A 70 #...# 59

(79)

# of Decipoints

?&a#V

(v)

027 038 097 #...# 086

(118)

1B 26 61 #...# 56

(76)

# of Columns

?&a#C

(c)

027 038 097 #...# 067

(99)

1B 26 61 #...# 43

(63)

# of Units

?*p#X

(x)

027 042 112 #...# 088

(120)

1B 2A 70 #...# 58

(78)

# of Decipoints

?&a#H

(h)

027 038 097 #...# 072

(104)

1B 26 61 #...# 48

(68)

Half Line Feed

027 061

?=

1B 3D

End-of-Line Termination
Line Termination

CR=CR; LF=LF; FF=FF

?&k0G

(g)

027 038 107 048 071

(103)

1B 26 6B 30 47

(67)

CR=CR+LF; LF=LF; FF=FF

?&k1G

(g)

027 038 107 049 071

(103)

1B 26 6B 31 47

(67)

CR=CR; LF=CR+LF; FF=CR+FF

?&k2G

(g)

027 038 107 050 071

(103)

1B 26 6B 32 47

(67)

CR=CR+LF; LF=CR+LF; FF=CR+FF

?&k3G

(g)

027 038 107 051 071

(103)

1B 26 6B 33 47

(67)

Push/Pop Position
Push/Pop Position

Push

?&f0S

(s)

027 038 102 048 083

(115)

1B 26 66 30 53

(73)

Pop

?&f1S

(s)

027 038 102 049 083

(115)

1B 26 66 31 53

(73)

FONT SELECTION
Symbol Set Selection1
Primary Symbol Set

1

ISO 60: Norwegian 1

?(0D

027 040 048 068

1B 28 30 44

ISO 4: United Kingdom

?(1E

027 040 049 069

1B 28 31 45

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

?(9E

027 040 057 069

1B 28 39 45

ISO 69: French

?(1F

027 040 049 070

1B 28 31 46

ISO 21: German

?(1G

027 040 049 071

1B 28 31 47

ISO 15: Italian

?(0I

027 040 048 073

1B 28 30 49

Microsoft Publishing

?(6J

027 040 054 074

1B 28 36 4A

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

Printer Commands A-5

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Primary Symbol Set

1

PARAMETER

COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
Symbol Set Selection1 - continued

DeskTop

?(7J

027 040 055 074

1B 28 37 4A

PS Text

?(10J

027 040 049 048 074

1B 28 31 30 4A

MC Text

?(12J

027 040 049 050 074

1B 28 31 32 4A

Ventura International

?(13J

027 040 049 051 074

1B 28 31 33 4A

Ventura US

?(14J

027 040 049 052 074

1B 28 31 34 4A

Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(9L

027 040 057 076

1B 28 39 4C

PS ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(10L

027 040 049 048 076

1B 28 31 30 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100

?(11L

027 040 049 049 076

1B 28 31 31 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200

?(12L

027 040 049 050 076

1B 28 31 32 4C

ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300

?(13L

027 040 049 051 076

1B 28 31 33 4C

Wingdings

?(579L

027 040 053 055 057 076

1B 28 35 37 39 4C

PS Math

?(5M

027 040 053 077

1B 28 35 4D

Ventura Math

?(6M

027 040 054 077

1B 28 36 4D

Math-8

?(8M

027 040 056 077

1B 28 38 4D

Symbol

?(19M

027 040 049 057 077

1B 28 31 39 4D

ISO 8859-1 (ECMA-94) Latin 1 ?(0N

027 040 048 078

1B 28 30 4E

ISO 8859-2: Latin 2

?(2N

027 040 050 078

1B 28 32 4E

ISO 8859-9: Latin 5

?(5N

027 040 053 078

1B 28 35 4E

ISO 11: Swedish

?(0S

027 040 048 083

1B 28 30 53

ISO 17: Spanish

?(2S

027 040 050 083

1B 28 32 53

Windows 3.1 Latin 5

?(5T

027 040 053 084

1B 28 35 54

PC 1004

?(9J

027 040 057 074

1B 28 39 4A

PC 775

?(26U

027 040 050 054 085

1B 28 32 36 55

Windows Baltic

?(19L

027 040 049 076

1B 28 31 4C

ISO 8859-10: Latin 6

?(6N

027 040 054 078

1B 28 36 4E

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

A-6 Printer Commands

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Primary Symbol Set

PARAMETER
COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
Symbol Set Selection1 - continued

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

PC Turkish

?(9T

027 040 057 084

1B 28 39 54

ISO 6: ASCII

?(0U

027 040 048 085

1B 28 30 55

Legal

?(1U

027 040 049 085

1B 28 31 55

Roman-8

?(8U

027 040 056 085

1B 28 38 55

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

?(9U

027 040 057 085

1B 28 39 55

PC-8

?(10U

027 040 049 048 085

1B 28 31 30 55

PC-8 D/N

?(11U

027 040 049 049 085

1B 28 31 31 55

PC-850

?(12U

027 040 049 050 085

1B 28 31 32 55

Pi Font

?(15U

027 040 049 053 085

1B 28 31 35 55

PC-852

?(17U

027 040 049 055 085

1B 28 31 37 55

Windows 3.1 Latin 1 (ANSI)

?(19U

027 040 049 057 085

1B 28 31 39 55

Windows 3.1J(Japanese)

?(19K

027 040 049 057 075

1B 28 31 39 4B

Spacing
Primary Spacing

Fixed

?(s0P

(p)

027 040 115 048 080

(112) 1B 28 73 30 50

(70)

Proportional

?(s1P

(p)

027 040 115 049 080

(112) 1B 28 73 31 50

(70)

Pitch
Primary Pitch

# Characters/inch

?(s#H

(h)

027 040 115 #...# 072

(104) 1B 28 73 #...# 48

(68)

Set Pitch Mode

10.0

?&k0S

(s)

027 038 107 048 083

(115) 1B 26 6B 30 53

(73)

Compressed (16.5-16.7)

?&k2S

(s)

027 038 107 050 083

(115) 1B 26 6B 32 53

(73)

Elite (12.0)

?&k4S

(s)

027 038 107 052 083

(115) 1B 26 6B 34 53

(73)

(v)

027 040 115 #...# 086

(118) 1B 28 73 #...# 56

(76)

Point Size
Primary Height
1

# Points

?(s#V

Additional symbol sets are supported, refer to Table C-1 for a list of these symbol sets.

Printer Commands A-7

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Primary Style

PARAMETER

COMMAND
Style

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Upright (Solid)

?(s0S

(s)

027 040 115 048 083

(115) 1B 28 73 30 53

(73)

Italic

?(s1S

(s)

027 040 115 049 083

(115) 1B 28 73 31 53

(73)

Condensed

?(s4S

(s)

027 040 115 052 083

(115) 1B 28 73 34 53

(73)

Condensed Italic

?(s5S

(s)

027 040 115 053 083

(115) 1B 28 73 35 53

(73)

Compressed (Extra Condensed)

?(s8S

(s)

027 040 115 056 083

(115) 1B 28 73 38 53

(73)

Expanded

?(s24S

(s)

027 040 115 050 052 083

(115) 1B 28 73 32 34 53

(73)

Outline

?(s32S

(s)

027 040 115 051 050 083

(115) 1B 28 73 33 32 53

(73)

Inline

?(s64S

(s)

027 040 115 054 052 083

(115) 1B 28 73 36 34 53

(73)

Shadowed

?(s128S

(s)

027 040 115 049 050 056 083

(115) 1B 28 73 31 32 38 53

(73)

Outline Shadowed

?(s160S

(s)

027 040 115 049 054 048 083

(115) 1B 28 73 31 36 30 53

(73)

Additional style values may be obtained from the related documentation provided with HP’s font products.
PCL 5 LaserJet Printers allows the specification of complex structures (contours, outlines, shading, etc.) and widths as well as posture.
Refer to the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference Manual.

Stroke Weight
Primary Font
Stroke Weight

A-8 Printer Commands

Ultra Thin

?(s–7B

(b)

027 040 115 045 055 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 37 42

Extra Thin

?(s–6B

(b)

027 040 115 045 054 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 36 42

(62)
(62)

Thin

?(s–5B

(b)

027 040 115 045 053 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 35 42

(62)

Extra Light

?(s–4B

(b)

027 040 115 045 052 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 34 42

(62)

Light

?(s–3B

(b)

027 040 115 045 051 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 33 42

(62)

Demi Light

?(s–2B

(b)

027 040 115 045 050 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 32 42

(62)

Semi Light

?(s–1B

(b)

027 040 115 045 049 066

(98)

1B 28 73 2D 31 42

(62)

Medium (book or text)

?(s0B

(b)

027 040 115 048 066

(98)

1B 28 73 30 42

(62)

Semi Bold

?(s1B

(b)

027 040 115 049 066

(98)

1B 28 73 31 42

(62)

Demi Bold

?(s2B

(b)

027 040 115 050 066

(98)

1B 28 73 32 42

(62)

Bold

?(s3B

(b)

027 040 115 051 066

(98)

1B 28 73 33 42

(62)

Extra Bold

?(s4B

(b)

027 040 115 052 066

(98)

1B 28 73 34 42

(62)

Black

?(s5B

(b)

027 040 115 053 066

(98)

1B 28 73 35 42

(62)

Extra Black

?(s6B

(b)

027 040 115 054 066

(98)

1B 28 73 36 42

(62)

Ultra Black

?(s7B

(b)

027 040 115 055 066

(98)

1B 28 73 37 42

(62)

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Typeface Family

PARAMETER

COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
Primary Typeface Family 1

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

LinePrinter

?(s0T

(t)

027 040 115 048 084

(116) 1B 28 73 30 54

(74)

Albertus

?(s4362T

(t)

027 040 115 052 051 054 050 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 33 36 32 54

(74)

Antique Olive

?(s4168T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 054 056 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 36 38 54

(74)

Clarendon

?(s4140T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 048 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 30 54

(74)

Coronet

?(s4116T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 049 054 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 31 36 54

(74)

Courier

?(s3T

(t)

027 040 115 051 084

(116) 1B 28 73 33 54

(74)

GW-Kai

?(s37357T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 051 053 055 084

(116) 1B 28 73 33 37 33 35 37 54

(74)

Courier

?(s4099T

(t)

027 040 115 052 048 057 057 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 30 39 39 54

(74)

ITC Zapf Dingbats

?(s4141T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 049 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 31 54

(74)

Garamond Antiqua

?(s4197T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 057 055 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 39 37 54

(74)

Letter Gothic

?(s4102T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 048 050 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 30 32 54

(74)

Marigold

?(s4297T

(t)

027 040 115 052 050 057 055 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 32 39 37 54

(74)

CG Omega

?(s4113T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 049 051 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 31 33 54

(74)

CG Times

?(s4101T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 048 049 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 30 31 54

(74)

Univers

?(s4148T

(t)

027 040 115 052 049 052 056 084

(116) 1B 28 73 34 31 34 38 54

(74)

Arial

?(s16602T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 054 048 050 084

(116) 1B 28 73 31 36 36 30 32 54

(74)

MS Mincho

?(s28752T

(t)

027 040 115 050 056 055 053 050 084

(116) 1B 28 73 32 38 37 35 32 54

(74)

MS Gothic

?(s28825T

(t)

027 040 115 050 056 056 050 053 084

(116) 1B 28 73 32 38 38 32 35 54

(74)

Times New Roman

?(s16901T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 057 048 049 084

(116) 1B 28 73 31 36 39 30 31 54

(74)

SimHei

?(s37110T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 049 049 048 084

(116) 1B 28 73 33 37 31 31 30 54

(74)

SimSun

?(s37058T

(t)

027 040 115 051 055 048 053 056 084

(116) 1B 28 73 33 37 30 35 38 54

(74)

Symbol

?(s16686T

(t)

027 040 115 049 054 054 056 054 084

(116) 1B 28 73 31 36 36 38 36 54

(74)

Wingdings

?(s6826T

(t)

027 040 115 054 056 050 054 084

(116) 1B 28 73 36 38 32 36 54

(74)

Wingdings

?(s31402T

(t)

027 040 115 051 049 052 048 050 084

(116) 1B 28 73 33 31 34 30 32 54

(74)

FONT DEFAULT
Font Default

Primary Font

?(3@

027 040 051 064

1B 28 33 40

Secondary Font

?)3@

027 041 051 064

1B 29 33 40

UNDERLINE
Underline

Enable Fixed

?&d0D

(d)

027 038 100 048 068

(100) 1B 26 64 30 44

(64)

Enable Floating

?&d3D

(d)

027 038 100 051 068

(100) 1B 26 64 33 44

(64)

Disable

?&d@

Text Parsing Method

1-Byte
1-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte
1-Byte/2-Byte

?&t0P
?&t1P
?&t21P
?&t31P
?&t38P

Transparent Print
Data

# of Bytes

?&p#X[Data]

027 038 100 064

1B 26 64 40

TEXT PARSING METHOD
(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)
(p)

027 038 116 48 080
027 038 116 49 080
027 038 116 050 049 080
027 038 116 051 049 080
027 038 116 051 056 080

(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)
(112)

1B 26 74 30 50
1B 26 74 31 50
1B 26 74 32 31 50
1B 26 74 33 31 50
1B 26 74 33 38 50

(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)

TRANSPARENT PRINT DATA

1

027 038 112 #...# 088

1B 26 70 #...# 58

Additional typefaces are supported, refer to Table C-2 and C-3 for a list of these symbol sets.

Printer Commands A-9

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND
FONT MANAGEMENT

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Assign Font ID

Font ID #

?*c#D

(d)

027 042 099 #...# 068

(100) 1B 2A 63 #...# 44

(64)

Font and Character Control

Delete all Fonts

?*c0F

(f)

027 042 099 048 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 30 46

(66)

Delete all temporary fonts

?*c1F

(f)

027 042 099 049 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 31 46

(66)

Delete last font ID specified

?*c2F

(f)

027 042 099 050 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 32 46

(66)

Delete last character specified ?*c3F

(f)

027 042 099 051 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 33 46

(66)

Make font temporary

?*c4F

(f)

027 042 099 052 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 34 46

(66)

Make font permanent

?*c5F

(f)

027 042 099 053 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 35 46

(66)

Copy/Assign the currently
invoked font as temporary

?*c6F

(f)

027 042 099 054 070

(102) 1B 2A 63 36 46

(66)

027 042 099 #...# 082

(114) 1B 2A 63 #...# 52

(72)

027 040 102 #...# 087

1B 28 66 #...# 57

Soft Symbol Set Management / Creation
Set Symbol Set

ID #

?*c#R

Define Symbol Set

# of Bytes

?(f#W[Data]

Symbol Set Control

Delete all symbol sets

?*c0S

(s)

027 042 099 048 083

(115) 1B 2A 63 30 53

(73)

Delete all temporary symbol
sets

?*c1S

(s)

027 042 099 049 083

(115) 1B 2A 63 31 53

(73)

Delete current
soft symbol set
(last ID#)

?*c2S

(s)

027 042 099 050 083

(115) 1B 2A 63 32 53

(73)

Make current soft symbol set
temporary

?*c4S

(s)

027 042 099 052 083

(115) 1B 2A 63 34 53

(73)

Make current soft symbol set
permanent

?*c5S

(s)

027 042 099 053 083

(115) 1B 2A 63 35 53

(73)

A-10 Printer Commands

(r)

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Select font (with ID #)

PARAMETER

COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
Font Selection by ID Number

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

ID # primary font

?(#X

027 040 #...# 088

1B 28 #...# 58

ID # secondary font

?)#X

027 041 #...# 088

1B 29 #...# 58

SOFT FONT CREATION
Font descriptor
(font header)

# of bytes

?)s#W[Data]

Download character

# of bytes

?(s#W[Data]

Character code

Character code # (decimal)

?*c#E

027 041 115 #...# 087

(e)

1B 29 73 #...# 57

027 040 115 #...# 087

1B 28 73 #...# 57

027 042 099 #...# 069

(101) 1B 2A 63 #...# 45

(65)

(72)

GRAPHICS
Raster Graphics
Raster

75 dots/inch

?*t75R

(r)

027 042 116 055 053 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 37 35 52

Resolution

100 dots/inch

?*t100R

(r)

027 042 116 049 048 048 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 31 30 30 52

(72)

150 dots/inch

?*t150R

(r)

027 042 116 049 053 048 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 31 35 30 52

(72)

200 dots/inch

?*t200R

(r)

027 042 116 050 048 048 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 32 30 30 52

(72)

300 dots/inch

?*t300R

(r)

027 042 116 051 048 048 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 33 30 30 52

(72)

600 dots/inch

?*t600R

(r)

027 042 116 054 048 048 082

(114) 1B 2A 74 36 30 30 52

(72)

Printer Commands A-11

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Raster Graphics Presentation
Start Raster Graphics

PARAMETER

COMMAND
Raster Graphics

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Follows orientation

?*r0F

(f)

027 042 114 048 070

(102) 1B 2A 72 30 46

(66)

Follows physical page

?*r3F

(f)

027 042 114 051 070

(102) 1B 2A 72 33 46

(66)

Left Raster Graphics Margin

?*r0A

(a)

027 042 114 048 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 30 41

(61)

Current Cursor

?*r1A

(a)

027 042 114 049 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 31 41

(61)

Scale mode (logical left page
boundary)

?*r2A

(a)

027 042 114 050 065

(97)

1B 2A 72 32 41

(61)

1B 2A 72 33 42

(61)

Scale mode (at CAP)

?*r3A

(a)

027 042 114 051 065

(97)

Raster Y Offset

# of Raster Lines of vertical
movement

?*b#Y

(y)

027 042 098 #...# 089

(121) 1B 2A 62 #...# 59

(79)

Set Raster Compression Mode

Unencoded

?*b0M

(m)

027 042 098 048 077

(109) 1B 2A 62 30 4D

(6D)

Run-Length Encoded

?*b1M

(m)

027 042 098 049 077

(109) 1B 2A 62 31 4D

(6D)

Tagged Image File Format

?*b2M

(m)

027 042 098 050 077

(109) 1B 2A 62 32 4D

(6D)

Delta Row

?*b3M

(m)

027 042 098 051 077

(109) 1B 2A 62 33 4D

(6D)

Adaptive Compression

?*b5M

(m)

027 042 098 053 077

(109) 1B 2A 62 35 4D

(6D)

Replacement Delta Row

?*b9M

(m)

027 042 098 057 077

(109) 1B 2A 98 39 4D

(6D)

# of Bytes

?*b#W[Data]

Transfer Raster Data (by row)

027 042 098 #...# 087

1B 2A 62 #...# 57

Transfer Raster Data (by plane) # of Bytes

?*b#V[Data]

End Raster Graphics

Old version Preferred

?*rB
?*rC

(b)
(c)

027 042 114 066
027 042 114 067

(98)
(99)

1B 2A 72 42
1B 2A 72 43

(62)
(63)

Raster Height (Source)

# Raster Rows

?*r#T

(t)

027 042 114 #...# 084

(116)

1B 2A 72 #...# 54

(74)

Raster Width (Source)

# Pixels of the Specified
Resolution

?*r#S

(s)

027 042 114 #...# 083

(115)

1B 2A 72 #...# 53

(73)

Raster Height (Destination)

# of Decipoints

?*t#H

(h)

027 042 116 #...# 072

(104) 1B 2A 74 #...# 48

(68)

Raster Width (Destination)

# of Decipoints

?*t#V

(v)

027 042 116 #...# 086

(118)

(76)

Scale Algorithm

Source with light background

?*t0K

(k)

027 042 116 048 075

(107) 1B 2A 74 30 4B

(6B)

Source with dark background

?*t1K

(k)

027 042 116 049 075

(107) 1B 2A 74 31 4B

(6B)

A-12 Printer Commands

027 042 062 #...# 086

1B 2A 98 #...# 56

1B 2A 74 #...# 56

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

Select Current Pattern

PARAMETER

COMMAND
THE PRINT MODEL
Imaging

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Solid Black (default)

?*v0T

(t)

027 042 118 048 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 30 54

(74)

Solid White

?*v1T

(t)

027 042 118 049 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 31 54

(74)

HP-defined Shading Pattern

?*v2T

(t)

027 042 118 050 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 32 54

(74)

HP-defined
Cross-hatched Pattern

?*v3T

(t)

027 042 118 051 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 33 54

(74)

User-defined Pattern

?*v4T

(t)

027 042 118 052 084

(116)

1B 2A 76 34 54

(74)

Source Transparency code

Transparent Opaque

?*v0N
?*v1N

(n)
(n)

027 042 118 048 078
027 042 118 049 078

(110)
(110)

1B 2A 76 30 4E
1B 2A 76 31 4E

(6E)
(6E)

Pattern Transparency Mode

Transparent Opaque

?*v0O
?*v1O

(o)
(o)

027 042 118 048 079
027 042 118 049 079

(111)
(111)

1B 2A 76 30 4F
1B 2A 76 31 4F

(6F)
(6F)

Logical Operation

# = ROP3 input value

?*l#O

(o)

027 042 108 #...# 079

(111)

1B 2A 6C #...# 4F

(6F)

Pixel Placement

Grid Intersection

?*v0R

(r)

027 042 108 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 6C 30 52

(72)

Pixel Placement

?*v1R

(r)

027 042 118 049 082

(114)

1B 2A 76 31 52

(72)

Rectangle Dimensions
Rectangle Width (Horizontal
Size)
Rectangle Height (Vertical
Size)

# of dots

?*c#A

(a)

027 042 099 #...# 065

(97)

1B 2A 63 #...# 41

(61)

# of decipoints

?*c#H

(h)

027 042 099 #...# 072

(104) 1B 2A 63 #...# 48

(68)

# of dots

?*c#B

(b)

027 042 099 #...# 066

(98)

1B 2A 63 # ... # 42

(62)

# of decipoints

?*c#V

(v)

027 042 099 #...# 086

(118)

1B 2A 63 #...# 56

(76)

Printer Commands A-13

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Fill Rectangular Area

PARAMETER

COMMAND
Rectangular Area Fill

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Solid Black

?*c0P

(p)

027 042 099 048 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 30 50

(70)

Erase (solid white fill)

?*c1P

(p)

027 042 099 049 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 31 50

(70)

Shaded Fill

?*c2P

(p)

027 042 099 050 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 32 50

(70)

Cross-hatched Fill

?*c3P

(p)

027 042 099 051 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 33 50

(70)

User-defined

?*c4P

(p)

027 042 099 052 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 34 50

(70)

Current Pattern

?*c5P

(p)

027 042 099 053 080

(112)

1B 2A 63 35 50

(70)

Pattern ID

% of Shading or Type of
Pattern or User Pattern ID

?*c#G

(g)

027 042 099 #...# 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 #...# 47

(67)

Shading

2% Gray

?*c2G

(g)

027 042 099 050 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 32 47

(67)

10% Gray

?*c10G

(g)

027 042 099 049 048 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 31 30 47

(67)

15% Gray

?*c15G

(g)

027 042 099 049 053 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 31 35 47

(67)

30% Gray

?*c30G

(g)

027 042 099 051 048 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 33 30 47

(67)

45% Gray

?*c45G

(g)

027 042 099 052 053 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 34 35 47

(67)

70% Gray

?*c70G

(g)

027 042 099 055 048 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 37 30 47

(67)

90% Gray

?*c90G

(g)

027 042 099 057 048 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 39 30 47

(67)

100% Gray

?*c100G

(g)

027 042 099 049 048 048 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 31 30 30 47

(67)

1 Horiz. Line

?*c1G

(g)

027 042 099 049 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 31 47

(67)

2 Vert. Lines

?*c2G

(g)

027 042 099 050 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 32 47

(67)

3 Diagonal Lines

?*c3G

(g)

027 042 099 051 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 33 47

(67)

4 Diagonal Lines

?*c4G

(g)

027 042 099 052 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 34 47

(67)

5 Square Grid

?*c5G

(g)

027 042 099 053 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 35 47

(67)

6 Diagonal Grid

?*c6G

(g)

027 042 099 054 071

(103) 1B 2A 63 36 47

(67)

Pattern

A-14 Printer Commands

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

PARAMETER
COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
USER DEFINED PATTERN / MANAGEMENT CREATION

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Define (Download) Pattern

# of bytes

?*c#W[Data]

User-defined Pattern Control

Delete all patterns

?*c0Q

(q)

027 042 099 #...# 087
027 042 099 048 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 #...# 57
1B 2A 63 030 51

(71)

Delete all temporary patterns

?*c1Q

(q)

027 042 099 049 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 031 51

(71)

Delete current pattern

?*c2Q

(q)

027 042 099 050 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 032 51

(71)

Make pattern temporary

?*c4Q

(q)

027 042 099 052 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 034 51

(71)

Make pattern permanent

?*c5Q

(q)

027 042 099 053 081

(113)

1B 2A 63 035 51

(71)

Set Pattern Reference

Rotate with orientation

?*p0R

(r)

027 042 112 048 082

(114)

1B 2A 70 30 52

(72)

Point

Follow physical page

?*p1R

(r)

027 042 112 049 082

(114)

1B 2A 70 31 52

(72)

MACROS
Macro ID

Macro ID #

?&f#Y

(y)

027 038 102 #...# 089

(121) 1B 26 66 #...# 59

(79)

Macro Control

Start Macro Def.

?&f0X

(x)

027 038 102 048 088

(120) 1B 26 66 30 58

(78)

Stop Macro Def.

?&f1X

(x)

027 038 102 049 088

(120) 1B 26 66 31 58

(78)

Execute Macro

?&f2X

(x)

027 038 102 050 088

(120) 1B 26 66 32 58

(78)

Call Macro

?&f3X

(x)

027 038 102 051 088

(120) 1B 26 66 33 58

(78)

Enable Overlay

?&f4X

(x)

027 038 102 052 088

(120) 1B 26 66 34 58

(78)

Disable Overlay

?&f5X

(x)

027 038 102 053 088

(120) 1B 26 66 35 58

(78)

Delete Macros

?&f6X

(x)

027 038 102 054 088

(120) 1B 26 66 36 58

(78)

Delete All Temp. Macros

?&f7X

(x)

027 038 102 055 088

(120) 1B 26 66 37 58

(78)

Delete Macro ID

?&f8X

(x)

027 038 102 056 088

(120) 1B 26 66 38 58

(78)

Make Temporary

?&f9X

(x)

027 038 102 057 088

(120) 1B 26 66 39 58

(78)

Make Permanent

?&f10X

(x)

027 038 102 049 048 088

(120) 1B 26 66 31 30 58

(78)

Printer Commands A-15

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND
STATUS READBACK

Set Status Readback Location Type Invalid Location

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

?*s0T

(t)

027 042 115 048 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 30 54

(74)

Currently Selected

?*s1T

(t)

027 042 115 049 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 31 54

(74)

All Locations

?*s2T

(t)

027 042 115 050 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 32 54

(74)

Internal

?*s3T

(t)

027 042 115 051 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 33 54

(74)

Downloaded

?*s4T

(t)

027 042 115 052 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 34 54

(74)

Cartridge

?*s5T

(t)

027 042 115 053 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 35 54

(74)

User-installed ROM (SIMMs)

?*s7T

(t)

027 042 115 055 084

(116)

1B 2A 73 37 54

(74)

?*s0U

(u)

027 042 115 048 085

(117)

1B 2A 73 30 55

(75)

Entity 1 or Temporary

?*s1U

(u)

027 042 115 049 085

(117)

1B 2A 73 31 55

(75)

Entity 2 or Permanent

?*s2U

(u)

027 042 115 050 085

(117)

1B 2A 73 32 55

(75)

Entity 3

?*s3U

(u)

027 042 115 051 085

(117)

1B 2A 73 33 55

(75)

Entity 4

?*s4U

(u)

027 042 115 052 085

(117)

1B 2A 73 34 55

(75)

Font

?*s0I

(i)

027 042 115 048 073

(105) 1B 2A 73 30 49

(69)

Macro

?*s1I

(i)

027 042 115 049 073

(105) 1B 2A 73 31 49

(69)

User-defined Pattern

?*s2I

(i)

027 042 115 050 073

(105) 1B 2A 73 32 49

(69)

Symbol Set

?*s3I

(i)

027 042 115 051 073

(105) 1B 2A 73 33 49

(69)

Font Extended

?*s4I

(i)

027 042 115 052 073

(105) 1B 2A 73 34 49

(69)

Flush All Complete Pages

?&r0F

(f)

027 038 114 048 070

(120) 1B 26 72 30 46

(66)

Flush All Page Data

?&r1F

(f)

027 038 114 049 070

(120) 1B 26 72 31 46

(66)

Free Memory Space

—

?*s1M

(m)

027 042 115 049 077

(109) 1B 2A 73 31 4D

(6D)

Echo

# = Echo value (-32767 to 32767)

?*s#X

(x)

027 042 115 #...# 088

(120) 1B 2A 73 #...# 58

(78)

Set Status Readback Location Unit All entities of the Location Type

Inquire Status Readback Entity

Flush All Pages

PROGRAMMING HINTS
End-of-Line Wrap
Display Functions

A-16 Printer Commands

Enabled

?&s0C

(c)

027 038 115 048 067

(99)

1B 26 73 30 43

(63)

Disabled

?&s1C

(c)

027 038 115 049 067

(99)

1B 26 73 31 43

(63)

ON

?Y

027 089

1B 59

OFF

?Z

027 090

1B 5A

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION
Enter PCL Mode

PARAMETER
COMMAND
DECIMAL VALUE
PCL VECTOR GRAPHICS SWITCHING/SET-UP PICTURE FRAME

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Use previous PCL cursor
position

?%0A

027 037 048 65

1B 25 30 41

Use current HP-GL/2pen
position for cursor position

?%1A

027 037 049 65

1B 25 31 41

Use previous HP-GL/2 pen
position

?%0B

027 037 048 066

1B 25 30 42

Use current PCL cursor
position

?%1B

027 037 049 066

1B 25 31 42

Stand-alone plotter mode

?%–1B

027 037 045 049 066

1B 25 2D 31 42

Current PCL
coordinate system/old HP-GL
pen position

?%2B

027 037 050 066

1B 25 32 42

Current PCL coordinate
system/current PCL CAP

?%3B

027 037 051 066

1B 25 33 42

HP-GL/2 Plot Horzontal Size

Horizontal size in inches

?*c#K

(k)

027 042 099 #...# 075

(107) 1B 2A 63 # ... # 4B

(6B)

HP-GL/2 Plot Vertical Size

Vertical size in inches

?*c#L

(l)

027 042 099 #...# 076

(108) 1B 2A 63 #...# 4C

(6C)

Set Picture Frame Anchor
Point

Set anchor point to cursor
position

?*c0T

(t)

027 042 099 048 084

(116)

(74)

Picture Frame Horizontal Size

Decipoints

?*c#X

(x)

027 042 099 #...# 088

(120) 1B 2A 63 #...# 58

(78)

Picture Frame Vertical Size

Decipoints

?*c#Y

(y)

027 042 099 #...# 089

(121) 1B 2A 63 #...# 59

(79)

Enter HP-GL/2 Mode

1B 2A 63 30 54

DUAL CONTEXT EXTENSIONS
Enter PCL Mode

?%#A

0 - Retain previous
PCL cursor position
1 - Use current
HP-GL/2 pen
position

Reset

?E

None

Primary Font

FI

Font_ID

Secondary Font

FN

Font_ID

Scalable Or
Bitmapped Fonts

SB

0 - Scalable
fonts only
1 - Bitmapped
fonts allowed

Printer Commands A-17

Table A-1.

HP PCL 5 Commands (continued)

FUNCTION

PARAMETER

COMMAND
COLOR COMMANDS

DECIMAL VALUE

HEXADECIMAL VALUE

Assign Color Index

Index Number

?*v#I

(i)

027 042 118 #...# 073

(105) 1B 2A 76 #...# 49

(69)

Color Component One

1st Component

?*v#A

(a)

027 042 118 #...# 065

(97)

1B 2A 76 #...# 41

(61)

Color Component Two

2nd Component

?*v#B

(b)

027 042 118 #...# 066

(98)

1B 2A 76 #...# 42

(62)

Color Component Three

3rd Component

?*v#C

(c)

027 042 118 #...# 067

(99)

1B 2A 76 #...# 43

(63)

Color Lookup Tables

# of Bytes

?*l#W[Data]

Configure Image Data

# of Bytes

?*v#W[Data]

027 042 118 #...# 087

1B 2A 76 #...# 57

Download Dither Matrix

# of Bytes

?*v#I

(i)

027 042 118 #...# 073

(105) 1B 2A 76 #...# 49

(69)

Foreground Color

Index Number

?*v#S

(s)

027 042 118 #...# 083

(115)

1B 2A 76 #...# 53

(73)

Gamma Correction

Gamma Number

?*t#I

(i)

027 042 116 #...# 073

(105) 1B 2A 74 #...# 49

(69)

Monochrome Print Mode

Mixed Rendering

?&b0M

(m) 027 038 062 048 077

(109) 1B 26 98 30 4D

(6D)

Gray Equivalent

?&b1M

(m) 027 038 062 049 077

(109) 1B 26 98 31 4D

(6D)

Palette Control ID

Palette ID #

?&p#I

(i)

027 038 112 #...# 073

(105) 1B 26 70 #...# 49

(69)

Palette Control

Delete All Palettes in store

?&p0C

(c)

027 038 112 048 067

(99)

1B 26 70 30 43

(63)

Delete All Palettes in stack

?&p1C

(c)

027 038 112 049 067

(99)

1B 26 70 31 43

(63)

Delete Palette (last ID)

?&p2C

(c)

027 038 112 050 067

(99)

1B 26 70 32 43

(63)

Copy Palette

?&p6C

(c)

027 038 112 054 067

(99)

1B 26 70 36 43

(63)

Push Palette

?*p0P

(p)

027 042 112 048 080

(112)

1B 2A 70 30 50

(70)

Pop Palette

?*p1P

(p)

027 042 112 049 080

(112)

1B 2A 70 31 50

(70)

Continuous tone detail

?*t0J

(j)

027 042 116 048 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 30 4A

(6A)

Snap to primaries

?*t1J

(j)

027 042 116 049 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 31 4A

(6A)

Snap black/white, colors to black

?*t2J

(j)

027 042 116 050 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 32 4A

(6A)

Device best dither

?*t3J

(j)

027 042 116 051 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 33 4A

(6A)

Error diffusion

?*t4J

(j)

027 042 116 052 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 34 4A

(6A)

Monochrome device best dither

?*t5J

(j)

027 042 116 053 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 35 4A

(6A)

Monochrome error diffusion

?*t6J

(j)

027 042 116 054 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 36 4A

(6A)

Cluster ordered dither

?*t7J

(j)

027 042 116 055 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 37 4A

(6A)

Monochrome cluster ordered

?*t8J

(j)

027 042 116 056 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 38 4A

(6A)

User-defined dither

?*t9J

(j)

027 042 116 057 074

(106) 1B 2A 74 30 4A

(6A)

Monochrome user-defined dither

?*t10J

(j)

027 042 116 049 048 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 30 4A

(6A)

Ordered dither

?*t11J

(j)

027 042 116 049 049 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 31 4A

(6A)

Monochrome ordered dither

?*t12J

(j)

027 042 116 049 050 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 32 4A

(6A)

Noise ordered dither

?*t13J

(j)

027 042 116 049 051 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 33 4A

(6A)

Monochrome noise ordered dither ?*t14J

(j)

027 042 116 049 052 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 34 4A

(6A)

Continuous tone smooth

?*t15J

(j)

027 042 116 049 053 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 35 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone detail

?*t16J

(j)

027 042 116 049 054 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 36 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone smooth

?*t17J

(j)

027 042 116 049 055 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 37 4A

(6A)

Continuous tone basic

?*t18J

(j)

027 042 116 049 056 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 38 4A

(6A)

Mono. continuous tone basic

?*t19J

(j)

027 042 116 049 057 074 (106) 1B 2A 74 31 39 4A

(6A)

Select Palette

Palette ID #

?&p#S

(s)

027 038 112 #...# 083

(73)

Set Viewing Illumination

# of Bytes

?*i#W[Data]

Simple Color

3-Plane Device CMY Palette

?*r–3U

(u)

027 042 114 045 051 085 (117)

1B 2A 72 2D 33 55

(75)

1-Plane K Palette

?*r1U

(u)

027 042 114 049 085

(117)

1B 2A 72 31 55

(75)

3-Plane Device RGB Palette

?*r3U

(u)

027 042 114 051 085

(117)

1B 2A 72 33 55

(75)

Push/Pop Palette
Render Algorithm

A-18 Printer Commands

027 042 108 #...# 087

1B 2A 6C #...# 57

(115)

027 042 105 #...# 087

1B 26 70 #...# 53
1B 2A 69 #...# 57

Table A-2.

HP-GL/2 Commands
COMMAND

MNEMONIC

Color Range
Number of Pens
Pen Color Assignment
Transparency Mode

CR
NP
PC
TR

Screened Vectors

SV

Arc Absolute
Arc Relative
Absolute Arc Three Point
Bezier Absolute

AA
AR
AT
BZ

Bezier Relative

BR

Circle
Plot Absolute
Plot Relative
Pen Down
Pen Up
Relative Arc Three Point
Polyline Encoded

CI
PA
PR
PD
PU
RT
PE

PARAMETERS*
PALETTE EXTENSIONS
[b_ref_red, w_ref_red, b_ref_grn, w_ref_grn, b_ref_blue, w_ref_blue];
[n];
[pen [,red, green, blue]];
0 - Off (opaque)
1 - On (transparent)
[screen_type[,shading[,index]]]
VECTOR GROUP
x_center,y_center,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];
x_increment,y_increment,sweep_angle [,chord_angle];
x_inter,y_inter,x_end,y_end[,chord_angle];
x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt ...
[x1_control_pt, y1_control_pt
x2_control_pt, y2_control_pt
x3_control_pt, y3_control_pt];
x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments ...
[x1_control_pt_increments,
y1_control_pt_increments,
x2_control_pt_increments,
y2_control_pt_increments,
x3_control_pt_increments,
y3_control_pt_increments];
radius [,chord angle];
[x,y ... [,x,y]];
[x,y ... [,x,y]];
[x,y ... [,x,y]];
[x,y ... [,x,y]];
x_incr_inter,y_incr_inter,x_incr_end,y_incr_end[,chord angle];
[flag[val]|coord pair ... [flag[val]|coord pair]];

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

Printer Commands A-19

Table A-2.

HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
COMMAND

Fill Rectangle Absolute
Fill Rectangle Relative
Edge Rectangle Absolute
Edge Rectangle Relative
Fill Wedge
Edge Wedge
Polygon Mode
Fill Polygon
Edge Polygon
* Parameters in brackets are optional.

A-20 Printer Commands

MNEMONIC
PARAMETERS*
POLYGON GROUP
RA
x_coordinate,y_coordinate;
RR
x_increment,y_increment;
EA
x_coordinate,y_coordinate;
ER
x_increment,y_increment;
WG
radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[,chord_angle];
EW
radius,start_angle,sweep_angle[chord_angle];
PM
polygon_definition;
FP
0- Odd/Even
1 - non-zero winding
EP
None

Table A-2.

HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

Select Standard Font
Select Alternate Font
Absolute Direction
Relative Direction
Absolute Character Size
Relative Character Size
Character Slant
Extra Space
Standard Font Definition
Alternate Font Definition
Character Fill Mode
Label Origin
Label
Define Label Terminator
Character Plot
Transparent Data
Define Variable Text Path

Line Type
Line Attributes
Pen Width
Pen Width Unit Selection
Select Pen
Symbol Mode
Fill Type
Anchor Corner
Raster Fill Definition
User Defined Line Type

MNEMONIC
PARAMETERS*
CHARACTER GROUP
SS
None
SA
None
DI
[run,rise];
DR
[run,rise];
SI
[width,height];
SR
[width,height];
SL
[tangent_of_angle];
ES
[width[,height]]
SD
[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
AD
[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
CF
[fill_mode[,edge_pen]];
LO
[position];
LB
[char ... [char]]1bterm
DT
[1bterm[,mode]];
CP
[spaces,lines];
TD
[mode];
DV
[path[,line]];
LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTES GROUP
LT
[line_type[,pattern_length[,mode]]];
LA
[kind,value ... [,kind,value]];
PW
[width[,pen]];
WU
[type];
SP
[pen]; (required, 1 for black (recommended) or
0 for white)
SM
[char];
FT
[fill_type[,option1[,option2]]];
AC
[x_coordinate,y_coordinate];
RF
[index[,width,height,pen_nbr ... pen_nbr]];
(width and height must be less than 255)
UL
[index[,gap1 ... gapn]];

* Parameters in brackets are optional.

Printer Commands A-21

Table A-2.

HP-GL/2 Commands (continued)
FUNCTION

Advance Full Page
Scale

Input Window
Input P1 and P2
Input Relative P1 And P2
Default Values
Initialize
Replot
Rotate Coordinate System

Begin Plot
Chord Tolerance Mode
Download Character
Frame Advance
Media Type
Merge Control
Output Error
Output Hardclip Limits
Output Identification
Output P1 and P2
Output Status
Pixel Placement
Plot Size
Quality Level
* Parameters in brackets are optional.

A-22 Printer Commands

MNEMONIC
PARAMETERS*
CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP
PG
[n];
SC
[x1,x2,y1,y2[,type[,left,bottom]]];
or
[x1,xfactor,y1,yfactor,2];
IW
[xLL,yLL,xUR,yUR];
IP
[p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];
IR
[p1x,p1y[,p2x,p2y]];
DF
None
IN
[n];
RP
[n];
RO
[angle];
TECHNICAL GRAPHICS EXTENSION
BP
[kind, value...[,kind, value]];
CT
[mode];
DL
[charnum [[,up], x, y...[,up],x,y]];
FR
MT
[type];
MC
[mode [, opcod]];
OE
OH
OI
OP
OS
PP
[mode];
PS
[length [,width]];
QL
[quality level]

Table A-3.

Control Codes

Function

Symbol

Decimal
Value

Backspace

B

8

Move one column left unless at left margin, in
which case no action is taken.

Horizontal Tab

H

9

Move to the next horizontal tab stop. The tab
stops are at the left margin, and every eight
columns to the right of the left margin.

Line Feed

L
F

10

Move to the next print line while maintaining
current column position.

Form Feed

F
F

12

Move to the first line at top of the next page while
maintaining current column position.

Carriage Return

C

R

13

Move to the left margin on the current print line.

Shift Out

S

O

14

Select characters that follow from the current
secondary font until receipt of a Shift In.

Shift In

S

I

15

Select characters that follow from the current
primary font until receipt of a Shift Out.

Escape

E

C

27

Indicates the beginning of a special control
sequence (escape sequence).

Space

S

P

32

Move one column to the right unless already at
the right margin, in which case no action is taken.

S

T

Description

Printer Commands A-23

A-24 Printer Commands

B
Internal Symbol Set Charts
Introduction

This section includes symbol set tables showing character
locations and decimal addresses. Individual tables are
provided for the following symbol sets:
Roman-8
DeskTop
Windows 3.1 Latin 1 “ANSI”
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
PC-8
PC-850
PS Text
MC Text
Ventura International
PC-8 D/N
Ventura US
Legal
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
Microsoft Publishing1
PC-852
PC-8 Turkish
ISO 8859/2 Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 2

ISO 8859/9 Latin 5
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
Ventura Math1
Math-81
Pi Font1
PS Math1
Symbol2
Wingdings2
PC 1004
PC 775
Windows Baltic
ISO 8859/10 Latin 6
Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats2
PS ITC Zapf Dingbats2
ITC Zapf Dingbats series 1002
ITC Zapf Dingbats series 2002
ITC Zapf Dingbats series 3002

1

Intellifont only except for HP LaserJet 5, 5M, and 4000 series printers where they are also TrueType. These math sets are inappropriate in script faces, italic faces, or any unusual weight or
style. MS Publishing and Pi Font may be used with script, italic, or unusual weight styles, since
these sets contain few “limited sensitivity” characters that conflict with the typeface sensitive
characters of that typeface.

2

Available in one typeface only.

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-1

The gray shaded areas in these tables denote printer
control code areas. Math composite characters are shown
with light-colored shades, and line-draw composite
characters are shown with dark-colored shades. Composite
characters are made by combining individual character
elements into a large character.
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
symbol sets and the HP German and HP Spanish symbol
sets are represented by a character substitution table (see
page B-19). The final table, the Roman-8 Character
Conversion table identifies the hexadecimal, decimal, and
octal codes for the Roman-8 symbol set.

Note

B-2 Internal Symbol Set Charts

To identify the symbol sets that are supported by a printer,
refer to Chapter 3, Internal Typefaces/Fonts and Symbol
Sets,” in this document.

7J

DeskTop

8U

Roman-8

(DT)

(R8)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-3

0N

ISO 8859/1 Latin 1

19U

Windows 3.1 Latin 1

B-4 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(E1)

(W1)

12U

10U

PC-850 Multilingual

(PM)

PC-8 Code Page 437

(PC)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-5

12J

MC Text

10J

B-6 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(MC)

PS Text

(TS)

11U

13J

PC-8 Danish/Norwegian

Ventura International

(PD)

(VI)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-7

1U

Legal

14J

B-8 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(LG)

Ventura US

(VU)

6J

Microsoft Publishing

(PG)

9U

Windows 3.0 Latin 1

(WO)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-9

9T

17U

PC-Turkish

(PT)

PC-852 Latin 2

B-10 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(PE)

9E

2N

Windows 3.1 Latin 2

ISO 8859/2 Latin 2

(WE)

(E2)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-11

5T

Windows 3.1 Latin

(WT)

5N

ISO 8859/9 Latin 5

(E5)

B-12 Internal Symbol Set Charts

9J

26U

PC-1004, Code Page 1004

PC-775, Code Page 775

(PU)

(PV)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-13

19L

6N

B-14 Internal Symbol Set Charts

Windows Baltic

(WL)

ISO 8859/10 Latin 6

(E6)

8M

6M

Math-8

(M8)

Ventura Math

(VM)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-15

5M

PS Math

15U

Pi Font

B-16 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(MS)

(PI)

579L

19M

Wingdings Font

Symbol Font

(L$)

(AS)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-17

10L

PS ITC Zapf Dingbats

9L

Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats

B-18 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(DS)

(DV)

12L

ITC Zapf Dingbats series 200

(D2)

11L

ITC Zapf Dingbats series 100

(D1)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-19

13L

ITC Zapf Dingbats series 300

B-20 Internal Symbol Set Charts

(D3)

ISO Substitution
Table

Table B-1.

This table provides a quick reference for the values of
special characters contained in ISO (International
Organization of Standardization) symbol sets. ISO symbol
sets contain the same characters as the ASCII symbol set,
except for the character positions listed in this table. For
example, in the ISO 4 (United Kingdom) symbol set, the
British pound sign replaces the number sign used in
decimal position 35 of the ASCII symbol set.

ISO Substitution Characters

* These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present on the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4000 series, 5, 5M, 5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP,
Color LaserJet, Color LaserJet 5, 5M, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-21

Conversion Table

Table B-2 gives the hexadecimal, decimal, and octal
equivalent of each character in the Roman-8 symbol set.
Use this table when your software requires hexadecimal,
decimal, or octal values in place of your printer command
characters.
This conversion table begins on the following page.

B-22 Internal Symbol Set Charts

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-23

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

B-24 Internal Symbol Set Charts

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-25

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

B-26 Internal Symbol Set Charts

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-27

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

B-28 Internal Symbol Set Charts

Table B-2.

Roman-8 Character Conversion (continued)

Internal Symbol Set Charts B-29

B-30 Internal Symbol Set Charts

C
Symbol Set and Typeface Codes
Introduction

The symbol set IDs in Table C-1 are used to select symbol
sets using PCL commands. Kind1 values are used to select
symbol sets using HP-GL/2 commands. The values under
Kind1 are also used in the Font Descriptor (header) symbol
set field (bytes 14/15, described in Chapter 11, Font
Creation of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical Reference
Manual). Table C-2 identifies the Typeface Family values
for the various type foundries. Table C-3 identifies all the
currently assigned typeface base values.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-1

Note

The HP-GL/2 Kind1 value can be calculated from the symbol set ID. The Kind1 value is the same value used for the
Symbol Set value field in the Font Header (refer to Chapter
11, Symbol Set of the PCL 5 Printer Language Technical
Reference Manual). The Kind1 value is computed by taking
the value of the value field for the symbol set, multiplying it
by 32, adding the decimal (ASCII) value of the termination
character (the symbol set ID character value) of the escape
sequence, and subtracting 64.
Font Descriptor Symbol Set Value =
(Escape Sequence Value Field Value * 32)
+
(Decimal Value of Escape Sequence
Termination Character - 64).

For example, to calculate the Kind1 value for the symbol
set 19M (M = ASCII 77):
Symbol set 19M = (19*32) + (77 -64) = 621

C-2 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-1.

Symbol Set Values
Symbol Set Name1

GW-3212
ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian
Devanagari
ISO 4: United Kingdom
Windows 3.1 Latin 2
ISO 69: French
ISO 21: German
Greek-8
Windows 3.1 Latin/Greek
PC-851 Latin/Greek
PC-8 Latin/Greek
Hebrew-7
ISO 8859/8 Latin/Hebrew
Hebrew-8
PC-862 Latin/Hebrew
ISO 15: Italian
Microsoft Publishing
DeskTop
Document
PC-1004
PS Text
PS ISO Latin1
MC Text
Ventura International3
Ventura US3
Swash Characters
Small Caps & Old Style Figures
Old Style Figures
Fractions
Lining Figures
Small Caps and Lining Figures
Alternate Caps
Kana-8 (JIS 210)
Korean-8
1
2

3

Symbol
Set ID
18C
0D
2D
1E
9E
1F
1G
8G
9G
10G
12G
0H
7H
8H
15H
0I
6J
7J
8J
9J
10J
11J
12J
13J
14J
16J
17J
18J
19J
21J
22J
23J
8K
9K

Kind1
Value2
597
4
68
37
293
38
39
263
295
327
391
8
232
264
488
9
202
234
266
298
330
362
394
426
458
522
554
586
618
682
714
746
267
299

Symbol Set Name1
Line Draw-7
HP Block Characters
Tax Line Draw
Line Draw-8
Ventura ITC Zapf Dingbats3
PS ITC Zapf Dingbats
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 100
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 200
ITC Zapf Dingbats Series 300
Windows Baltic
Carta
Ornaments
Universal News & Commercial Pi
Chess
Astrology 1
Pi Set #1
Pi Set #2
Pi Set #3
Pi Set #4
Pi Set #5
Pi Set #6
Wingdings
Math-7
Tech-7
PS Math
Ventura Math3
Math-8
Universal Greek & Math Pi
TeX Math Extension
TeX Math Symbol
TeX Math Italic
Symbol
ISO 8859/1 Latin 1
ISO 8859/2 Latin 2

Symbol
Set ID
0L
1L
2L
8L
9L
10L
11L
12L
13L
19L
20L
21L
22L
23L
24L
31L
32L
33L
34L
35L
36L
579L
0M
1M
5M
6M
8M
10M
11M
12M
13M
19M
0N
2N

Kind1
Value2
12
44
76
268
300
332
364
396
428
620
652
684
716
748
780
1004
1036
1068
1100
1132
1164
18540
13
45
173
205
269
333
365
397
429
621
14
78

Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.
This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set descriptor, and for the Symbol Set field
in the font headers.
Not recommended for future use. These symbol sets are of limited usage and are being discontinued.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-3

Table C-1.

Symbol Set Values (continued)
Symbol Set Name1

ISO 8859/3 Latin 3
ISO 8859/4 Latin 4
ISO 8859/9 Latin 5
ISO 8859/10 Latin 6
ISO 8859/5 Latin/Cyrillic
ISO 8859/6 Latin/Arabic
ISO 8859/7 Latin/Greek
OCR-A
OCR-B
OCR-M
MICR (E13B)
Typewriter Paired APL
Bit Paired APL
Expert
Alternate
Fraktur
Reserved for Specials
Cyrillic ASCII (8859/5-1986)
Cyrillic
PC Cyrillic
Windows 3.1 Latin/Cyrillic
ISO 11: Swedish
ISO 17: Spanish3
HP European Spanish
HP Latin Spanish
HP-GL Download
HP-GL Drafting
HP-GL Special Symbols
Sonata
Thai-8
TISI 620-2533 (Thai)
Windows 3.1 Latin 5
Turkish-8
1
2

3

Symbol
Set ID
3N
4N
5N
6N
10N
11N
12N
0O
1O
2O
10O
0P
1P
10P
11P
12P
xQ
0R
1R
3R
9R
0S
2S
7S
8S
16S
17S
18S
20S
0T
1T
5T
8T

Kind1
Value2
110
142
174
206
334
366
398
15
47
79
335
16
48
336
368
400
17+32x
18
50
114
306
19
83
243
275
531
563
595
659
20
52
180
276

Symbol Set Name1
PC-8 Turkish
Teletex
ISO 6: ASCII
Legal
HPL
OEM-1
Roman-8
Windows 3.0 Latin 1
PC-8, Code Page 437
PC-8 D/N, Danish/Norwegian
PC-850, Multilingual
Pi Font
PC-857
PC-852, Latin 2
Windows 3.1 Latin 1
PC-860 Portugal
PC-861 Iceland
PC-863 Canada-French
PC-865 Norway
PC-775
Arabic-8
Windows 3.1 Latin/Arabic
Code Page 864 Latin/Arabic
3 of 9 Barcode
Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode
Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode
Interleaved 2 of 5 Barcode
CODABAR Barcode
MSI/Plessey Barcode
Code 11 Barcode
UPC/EAN Barcode
MICR (CMC-7)
USPS ZIP

Symbol
Set ID
9T
10T
0U
1U
5U
7U
8U
9U
10U
11U
12U
15U
16U
17U
19U
20U
21U
23U
25U
26U
8V
9V
10V
0Y
1Y
2Y
4Y
5Y
6Y
7Y
8Y
14Y
15Y

Kind1
Value2
308
340
21
53
181
245
277
309
341
373
405
501
533
565
629
661
693
757
821
853
278
310
342
25
57
89
153
185
217
249
281
473
505

Contact your local software vendor for information regarding additional symbol set support.
This value is also used for the Encoded Symbol Set Designator field in the user-defined symbol set descriptor and for the Symbol Set field
in the font headers.
These symbol sets are becoming obsolete and are not recommended for future use and are not present on the HP LaserJet 4, 4M, 4Si,
4SiMx, 4L, 4ML, 4P, 4MP, 4PJ, 4LJ Pro, 4LC, 4 Plus, 4M Plus, 4V, 4MV, 4000 series, 5, 5M, 5P, 5L, 5Si, 5SiMx, 5Si Mopier, 6L, 6P, 6MP,
Color LaserJet, and DeskJet 1200C, 1600C printers.

C-4 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-1.

Symbol Set Values (continued)
Symbol Set Name1

Obsolete Symbol Sets3
Math-7 (same as 0M)
Line Draw-7 (same as 0L)
HP Large Characters
ISO 61: Norwegian Version 2
Roman Extension
ISO 25: French
HP German
ISO 14: JIS ASCII
ISO 13: Katakana

Symbol
Set ID
0A
0B
0C
1D
0E
0F
0G
0K
1K

Symbol Set Name1

Kind1
Value2
1
2
3
36
5
6
7
11
43

Obsolete Symbol Sets3
ISO 57: Chinese
HP Spanish
ISO 10: Swedish
ISO 16: Portuguese
ISO 84: Portuguese
ISO 85: Spanish
ISO 2: International Reference
Arabic (McKay’s version)

Symbol
Set ID
2K
1S
3S
4S
5S
6S
2U
0V

Kind1
Value2
75
51
115
147
179
211
85
22

Table C-2 represents the typeface family values assigned to
type foundries. This value, plus the typeface base value (see
Table C-3), produces the numeric code needed to access the
typeface.
Table C-2.

Typeface Family Values

Vendor Name
AGFA
Bitstream Inc.
Linotype Company
Monotype Corporation
Adobe Systems
Bigelow & Holmes

Typeface Vendor Value
4096
8192
12288
16384
20480
28672

Examples:
CG Times from Agfa = 5 + 4096 = 4101.
801 from Bitstream Inc. = 5 + 8192 = 8197
Univers from Agfa = 52 + 4096 = 4148.
Times New Roman from Monotype = 517 + 16384 = 16901

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-5

Table C-3.
Value
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
10
11
13
14
14
15
16
16
17
17
17
17
18
20
20
21
23
23
24
27
28
29
30
31
31
1

Typeface Base Values
Typeface Family1

Line Printer
Elite
Courier
Helvetica
Times Roman
Letter Gothic
Script
Prestige
Caslon 540 & No. 3
Caslon Antique (contour)
Caslon Open Face (inline)
Orator
Presentation
Serifa
Futura
Greek Futura
Palatino
ITC Souvenir
ITC Souvenir Greek
Optima
Safeer (Arabic)
Komain (Thai)
Greek Oracle
ITC Garamond
Coronet (italic)
Chevalier (bold expanded pattern 0)
Broadway
Century Schoolbook
Greek & Math Serif
University Roman
ITC Korinna
Naskh
Cloister Black
ITC Galliard
ITC Avant Garde Gothic
Tom (Thai)

Value
32
32
33
33
34
35
38
39
41
41
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
47
48
49
50
51
51
52
53
53
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
59
60
61

Typeface Family1
Brush (italic)
Stop
Blippo (black)
Tea Chest (condensed)
Hobo
Windsor
Peignot
Baskerville
Trade Gothic
Pemai (Thai)
CG Trade
Goudy Old Style
ITC Zapf Chancery
Clarendon
ITC Zapf Dingbats
Cooper
ITC Bookman
Noparat (Thai)
Stick
HP-GL Drafting
HP-GL Spline
Gill Sans
Unesco (Thai)
Univers
Bodoni
Poster Bodoni (black)
Greek Apla
Rockwell
Melior
ITC Tiffany
ITC Clearface
Amelia
Park Avenue (italic)
Falstaff (black)
Handel Gothic
Dom Casual

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-6 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
62
63
64
65
65
68
69
70
71
72
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
79
79
80
80
80
81
81
81
82
82
83
84
87
89
90
91
91
92
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

ITC Benguiat
ITC Cheltenham
Century Expanded
Franklin Gothic
Paetai (Thai)
Plantin
Trump Mediaeval
Futura Black
ITC American Typewriter
Antique Olive
Greek Antique Olive
Uncial
ITC Bauhaus
Century Old Style
ITC Eras
Friz Quadrata (ITC)
ITC Lubalin Graph
Eurostile
Intanon (Thai)
Greek Microstyle
Mincho (Japanese)
Myoungjo (Korean)
HanYang Batang Proportional (Korean)
ITC Serif Gothic
Saemmul (Korea)
Sammul (Korea)
Snell Roundhand
Pilgy (Korean)
Souvenir Gothic
Stymie
Bernhard Modern
Excelsior
Gando Ronde Script
Ondine
EACT (Thai)
P. T. Barnum

Value
93
93
94
94
97
101
102
103
103
104
105
106
106
107
107
108
109
110
111
112
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

Typeface Family1
Kaufmann
U-Thong (Thai)
ITC Bolt (extended)
ITC Machine (condensed)
Revue
Garamond (Stempel)
Garth Graphic
ITC Ronda
Candy Bits (patterned)
OCR-A
Cochin
Englische Schreibschrift (italic)
Mister Earl (condensed)
Flash (italic)
Woodstock
Gothic (numbered)
Stencil (ATF)
OCR-B
Akzidenz-Grotesk
Black White (patterned, outline, inline)
Logos
Shannon
ITC Stone Informal
ITC Stone Sans
ITC Stone Serif
Schneidler Mediaeval
ITC Symbol
ITC Weidemann
Copperplate Gothic (display)
Trajan
Concorde
Janson Text
Linotype Centennial
Life
Minister
New Century Schoolbook

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-7

Table C-3.
Value
152
152
152
153
153
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
160
161
161
162
162
163
163
164
164
165
166
167
168
169
169
170
170
171
171
172
173
174
175
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)

Typeface Family1
Maru Gosikku (round gothic Japan)
Gulrim (Korean)
HanYang Gulrim Proportional (Korean)
Gosikku (Kaku, gothic Japan)
Gothic (Japan, Fixed Pitch)
HanYang Dotum Proportional (Korean)
Socho
Kyokasho (text book)
Kaisho
Traditional Arabic Script
Arabic News
Post Antiqua
Aerospace Pi
Devanagari (Hindi)
Maritime Pi
Krishna (Gujarati)
Bits Pic Pi
Ranjit (Gurmukhi)
Keycap Pi
Raj Raja (Tamil)
Tieman
Gyosho
David
Nork
Ousbouh
Koufi
Italia (ITC)
Hadassah
Bembo
Sharif
Aachen
Malik
Americana
Arnold Boecklin
Copperplate Gothic (text)
Belwe

Value
176
177
178
179
180
181
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209

Typeface Family1
ITC Berkeley Oldstyle
Frutiger
Candida
Folio
Corona
ITC Kabel
Zeppelin (inline)
Garamond No. 3
Sabon
ITC Novarese
Weiss
Hiroshige
French Script
Meridien
Mistral
Aster
Caledonia
Nuptial Script
Lucida
Song (China)
Adobe Wood Series 1
Memphis
Lucida Sans
Syntax
Utopia
Berthold Walbaum Buch
Minion
Marigold
ITC Tiepolo
Versailles
ITC Leawood
ITC Caslon No. 224
ITC Cushing
ITC Fenice
ITC Usherwood
ITC Benguiat Gothic

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-8 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
210
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
221
222
222
223
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
230
231
231
232
232
233
233
234
234
235
235
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Spartan
ITC Ozwald (fatface)
Neuzeit Grotesk
PMN Caecilia
ITC Busorama
Agfa Wile Roman
ITC Zapf International
Poppl-Pontifex
ITC Quay Sans
Arial
Fairfield
ITC Zapf Book
Lucida Casual
Linotype Technical Pi 1 & 2
Graphite
Linotype Textil Pi 1 & 2
Poetica
Century Schoolbook Monospace
Berliner Grotesk
Christiana
Comenius-Antiqua
Delta
Italian Old Style
Zingo
Octavian
Borders & Ornaments 1
Footlight
Borders & Ornaments 4
Apollo
Borders & Ornaments 5
Bremen
Borders & Ornaments 6
Oranda
Communication 1
Nubian
Communication 2

Value
236
236
237
237
238
238
238
239
239
240
240
241
241
242
242
243
243
244
244
245
245
246
246
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
256
257
258
259

Typeface Family1
Cataneo
Communication 3
Wittenberger Fraktur
Communication 6
Modern
PL Modern
Games & Sports 1
Artistik
Games & Sports 2
Flintstones
Games & Sports 3
SnowCap
Games & Sports 4
Bedrock
Holidays 1
Star Fleet
Industry & Engineering 1
Star Trek Film
Industry & Engineering 2
Star Trek
Transportation 1
Hei (China)
Star Trek Pi
Transportation 2
ITC Mendoza
Boton
Jaeger Daily News
ITC Officina Serif
ITC Officina Sans
Goudy Modern
Scotch Roman
Temporary-Only Font
Bar Codes
Hadriano
Joanna
Onyx

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-9

Table C-3.
Value
260
260
260
261
261
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
270
271
272
273
274
275
275
276
276
277
277
278
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)

Typeface Family1
Cyrillic Helvetica
Greek Helvetica
East Asian Helvetica
Cyrillic Times
Greek Times
East Asian Times
ITC Quorum
Engravers’ Old English
Kennerley
Adobe Caslon
Albertus
New Aurora Grotesque
TBG Omnia
Glypha
Tempo
Umbra (open shadow)
American Text
Pasquale
ITC Elan
Monotype Goudy Sans
Lutheresche Fraktur
Universal News & Commercial Pi
Thunderbird (extra condensed)
ITC Honda (black)
Shelley
Mr. Big
Macbeth
Universal Greek & Math Pi
ITC Century
Vineta
TBG Duc de Berry
Times Europa
ITC Jamille
Flyer
Wedding Text
Carolina

Value
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
308
308
308
309
310
311
311
312
313
314
315
316
317

Typeface Family1
Avenir
Lucia
Tekton
Charme
ITC Flora
Basilica
Auriol
Kuenstler Script
ITC New Baskerville
Berling
News Gothic
Critter
Linotype Holiday Pi 1, 2, & 3
Medici Script
Aurora
Carta
Adobe Symbol
Insignia
Perpetua
Raleigh
Romic
Formata
Cyrillic Univers
Chuan Pim (like Univers)
Narkis Tam (like Univers)
Greek Univers II
Bauer Bodoni
Industria
Cutout
Decoration Pi
Letraset Bramley
Isabella
Cascade Script
VAG Rounded
Russell Square
Liberty

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-10 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
324
325
326
327
327
328
329
330
331
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

ITC Esprit
Clairvaux
Raphael
ITC Franklin Gothic
Murray Hill
Baker Signet
Mythos
Gambling Pi
San Marco
Typo Roman
Engravers Text (inline)
New Berolina (italic)
Orbit-B
McCollough
ITC Isadora
Giddyup
Audio Pi
Letraset Crillee
Agfa Nadianne
Compliment
ITC Giovanni
Neuzeit S
Erbar
Parisian
Nofret
City
Old Style 7
Bell Centennial
Lydian
Monotype Ellington
Impressum
Reporter No. 2
Freestyle Script
Serpentine
Lithos
Basilia

Value
351
352
353
357
358
358
359
359
360
360
361
361
362
363
364
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
370
371
371
372
372
373
373
373
374
375
376
377
378
379

Typeface Family1
Simplified Arabic
Maximus
ITC Slimbach
Berthold Garamond
Rad
Land Pi
Oxford (italic)
Kino (bold condensed)
Looney Tunes
E13B MICR
Imperial
CMC-7 MICR
Charlemagne
Present Script
Repro Script (italic)
Matura (bold)
Baskerville No. 2
Engravers’ Roman
VGC Egyptian 505
TBG Herculanum
Clearface Gothic
Studz
Border Pi 1515-9
Toolbox
Bundesbahn Pi
Quake
Chemical Pi
Neuland (solid & inline)
Newton Inline
Warning Pi
Harry
Alternate Gothic (numbered)
Figaro
Formal Script
Holland Title
ITC Barcelona

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-11

Table C-3.
Value
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
410
411
411
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Cartier
Deepdene
Delphin
Parsons
Brighton
Berthold Barmeno
Berthold Colossalis
Berthold Cosmos
ITC Isbell
ITC Mixage
Sonata
Badr, or Bayaan II
ITC Newtext
Happening
Menue
Doric
S’maragd
Pierrot
Ornaments
Berthold Bodoni Old Face
Schadow
Akzidens Grotesk Buch
Akzidens Grotesk Buch Stencil
Akzidens Grotesk Buch Schulbuch
Bookman
Bruce Old Style
Bulmer
Madison
Textype
Primer
Garamond (Simoncini)
Adobe Wood Series 2
Rotis Serif
Caravan LH One
Rotis Semiserif
Caravan LH Two

Value
412
412
413
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
430
431
431
431
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440

Typeface Family1
Rotis Sans Serif
Caravan LH Three
Rotis Semisans
Caravan LH Four
Arcadia
ITC Veljovik
Armenian Aramian
Armenian Barz
Helvetica Rounded
Olympian
DIN Engschrift (condensed)
DIN Mittelschrift
Granjon
Guardi
Impact
Sassoon Primary
Packard
Baskerville Book
ITC Pacella
Rusticana
Eccentric
Embassy Script
Greek Florentine Script II
PL Latin Bold
PL Latin Elongated (condensed)
Latin Antique
Latin Wide (extended)
ITC Modern 216
Serlio
Piranesi
Imago
Wilke
Cyrillic 22
Adobe Garamond
Seagull
Latin MT

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-12 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
447
448
448
448
449
449
450
451
452
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
470
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Runic MT
Moore Computer
Commercial Script
Dominante
Wilhelm Klingspor Gotisch
Trajanus
TSI Caxton
Letraset Caxton
Fette Fraktur
Sapphire (pattern 0)
Saphir (pattern 0)
Rainbow Bass (pattern 0)
European Pi
Banco
Bodoni Antiqua
Sallwey Script
Mathematical Pi
Congress
Cheq
Berthold Walbaum Buch (B.metrics)
Huxley Vertical
Grayda
Penfield No. 3
Michelangelo
Neo Didot
Berthold Caslon Buch
Sans No. 1
Torino
Photina
Calligraphiques
Concorde Nova
Franco
Goudy Text
Balloon (italic)
Eusebius
Eusebius Open (inline)

Value
471
471
472
473
473
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
480
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
486
487
487
488
488
489
489
490
490
491
491
492
492
493
493

Typeface Family1
Digital
Noris Script (italic)
Poppl-Pontifex (B.metrics)
Amigo
Pelican (italic)
Visigoth (bold italic)
Letraset Arta
Post Mediaval
Adsans
Ariadne
Calligraphy
Didot
Ashley Script (italic)
Ashley Crawford (bold)
Ashley Inline (inline)
Catull
Cremona
Audrey No. 2
Lo-Type
Madame (patterned with shadow)
Roundy
Animals
Ruling Script
Business & Services 1
Sho
Business & Services 2
Wiesbaden Swing
Commercial 1
Star Trek Next
Commercial 2
ITC Highlander
Ecology
Helios II
General Symbols 1
Kai Medium
General Symbols 2

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-13

Table C-3.
Value
494
495
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
509
509
510
510
511
511
511
512
512
513
514
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
522
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)

Typeface Family1
Medical & Pharmaceutical 1
Space
Musical
Special Alphabets 4
Special Alphabets 5
Special Alphabets 6
Inflex
Monotype Old Style
Ming
FangSong
Helinda Rook
Original Script
Citadel Script
Old Fashion Script
ITC Legacy Serif
ITC Legacy Sans
Athenaeum
Athenaeum Negative (pattern 0)
Athenaeum Positive (pattern 1)
ITC Anna (condensed)
ITC Beesknees (black)
ITC Studio Script (italic)
ITC Mona Lisa Recut (inline)
ITC Mona Lisa Solid (upright)
Sackers Square Gothic
Sackers English Script
Heritage
Sackers Gothic
Greek Helios II
Times (Ten, New, etc.)
Berthold Script
Bernhard Tango (italic)
Castellar (inline)
Else
Basque (condensed)
Palace Script (italic)

Value
523
524
525
526
527
527
528
529
529
530
530
531
532
533
534
534
535
536
537
538
538
539
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552

Typeface Family1
Centaur
Fine Hand
Linotype Astrology Pi
Sackers Roman
Kompakt (ultra black italic)
Monoline Script (italic)
Othello (bold condensed)
Sackers Classic Roman
Sackers Italian Script (italic)
Musketeer
Riviera (inline)
Poppl-Residenz
Rotation
Bank Gothic
Delphian (inline)
Greeting Monotone
Sackers Antique Roman
Schwabacher
Egyptienne (condensed)
Artisan Roman (inline)
Forte (bold italic)
Burin Roman
Burin Sans (light)
Hellenic Wide (extended)
Thompson Quillscript
Kartoon
Classic Roman
AG Old Face
Lucian
Della Robbia
Libra
Brody (bold upright)
Ad Lib (bold)
Choc (black)
Handle Oldstyle
Roman

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-14 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
553
554
554
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
571
572
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Antique Roman
Goudy Catalogue, addt’l Old Style faces
Goudy Handtooled (inline)
Goudy Heavyface (black)
Calligrapher
Lucida Bright
Pi Collection
Broadpen
Amazone
Frank Ruehl
Cloe
Discus
Myriad
WTC Our Bodoni
Ideal Schreibschrift
Print
Lucida Blackletter
Lucida Calligraphy
Data 70
Compacta (expanded)
Helvetica Inserat (condensed)
Lucida Handwriting
Milestones
Biffo
Calvert
Cantoria
Dorchester Script
Grotesque
Pepita
Vectora
Script Bold
Spectrum
Boulevard
Cheltenham
De Vinne
London Text (inline)

Value
585
586
587
587
588
588
589
589
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
595
596
596
597
598
599
600
600
601
602
603
603
604
605
605
606
607
608
609
610
611

Typeface Family1
Profil (bold italic inline)
Imprint
Allegro (bold italic)
Engraver’s Gothic (text)
Bernhard (bold condensed)
Eckmann (text)
Cloister Open Face (outline)
Davida (text)
Klang (italic)
Fry’s Baskerville
Metro
Mandate
Star Trek Gen
Virile
Bingham Script (text)
Block (bold)
ITC Gorilla (text)
ITC Pioneer (outline shadow)
Ruzicka
Bodoni Campanile
Linotype Modern
Monterey Script (italic)
Playbill (condensed)
Normande
Wave
Bernhard Fashion (extra light)
Mercurius
Stuyvesant (inline)
Impuls (italic)
Romana (text & bold)
Shotgun
Ehrhardt
ITC Grizzly
ITC Grouch
ITC Tom’s New Roman
Palette (italic)

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-15

Table C-3.
Value
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
620
621
622
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
641
642
642
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)

Typeface Family1
Hanseatic (ultrabold condensed)
Bison
Jefferson
Electra
Antique No. 3
Flemish Script (italic)
Hallmark Bodoni
Modern #20
Westinghouse Gothic
Bloc (outline)
Empire (ultra condensed)
Oscar
Eagle Bold
Joanna Solotype (inline)
Akzidenz-Grotesk (B.metrics)
Koch Antiqua
Mirarae
Horley Old Style
Tango
Pifont Circle Numbers
Pifont OCRA Numbers
Pifont Square Numbers
Pifont Triangle Numbers
Bank Script (italic)
Serlio Dekoration (pi numbers)
Concorde (B.metrics)
Jets
Jetsons
Looney Type
Pompeijana
Rusticana (Frutiger)
Notre Dame
Beverly Hills (inline)
Lotus (pattern 0)
Advertisers Gothic Light
Eclipse (pattern 0)

Value
643
643
644
644
645
645
646
647
648
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
659
660
661
662
663
663
664
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671

Typeface Family1
Capone Light
Victorian Silhouette (contour)
Dynamo (extra bold)
Modernistic (inline)
Gallia (inline)
Skjald
Bell Gothic
Gillies Gothic Bold (italic)
Quaint Roman
Chic (inline)
PL Westerveldt Light (condensed)
PL Davison Americana
TC Jasper
Poppl-Laudatio
TC Europa Bold
Siena Black (italic)
Yearbook
Koloss (extra bold)
Phenix American (extra condensed)
PL Bernhardt
Orlando Caps
PL Barclay Outline (outline)
PL Britannia Bold
PL Fiorello Condensed
Fluidum Bold (italic)
Woodblock (bold)
Sinaloa (pattern 0)
Stratford Extra Bold
Matra (pattern 0)
PL Tower Condensed
Section Bold Condensed
Miehle Condensed
Phyllis
Modernique (extra bold)
Egyptienne F
Post Antiqua (B.metrics)

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-16 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
672
673
674
675
675
676
677
677
677
677
678
679
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Diotima
Aldus
Chaplin (italic)
Uncle Sam Stars (pattern 0, shadow)
Uncle Sam Stripes (pattern 1, shadow)
Wildstyle
Logan (pattern 0)
Eon Age (pattern 1)
System X3 (pattern 2)
Galaxy Run (pattern 3)
Jukebox (bold condensed)
Marking Numbers Squares
Al Harf Al Jadid
Vivaldi
Codex
Metronome Gothic (bold extra condensed)
Salut (bold)
Lucida Fax
Bellevue
Architect
Beton Extra Bold
Metropolis (extra bold, solid & inline)
PL Davison Zip Bold
Neon (Nebiolo)
PL Benguiat Frisky
PL Bartuska Trophy Oblique
Cable
PL Brazilia
PL Radiant
Ritmo Bold (italic)
PL Fiedler Gothic Bold
Egiziano Black
Studio
PL Futura Maxi
Solemnis

Value
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739

Typeface Family1
Quirinus Bold (condensed)
PL West Behemoth Semi Condensed (XBd Cd)
Renault
Forbes Bold
Mobil
Becket
Lucida Sans Typewriter
Cartoon Script Roman
Campanula
Odilia
Lino Letter
Henche
Mahlau (condensed)
Aquarias No. 8 (bold)
CG Frontiera
Globe Gothic
Signature
Sans Serif Stencil
Boldface PS
Title PS
Hess Neobold
Hollandse Mediaeval
Holland Seminar
CG Cloister
Adroit
Claire News
Triplett
Accolade
Claridge
Alpin Gothic
Geometric
Heldustry
Busorama
Salto
Fehrle Display

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-17

Table C-3.
Value
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
756
756
757
758
758
759
760
760
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Kismet
Digi Fraktur
Anglia
Jiffy
Rosewood
Zebrawood
Pepperwood (condensed)
Copal (solid)
Copal (outline, patterned)
Motter Corpus (extrabold)
Cerigo
Caflisch Script
Mezz
Nueva
Penumbra
Sanvito
Viva
Alexa (italic)
Balzano
Caliban (condensed italic)
Ex Ponto
Neue Hammer Unziale 1
Neue Hammer Unziale 2 (edge)
Galahad
LiShu (China)
Gungse (Korean)
HanYang GungSe Proportional (Korean)
Yuang (Yuan, XiYuang - China)
Miryam
Ryadh
Arkona (ital script)
El Greco (ital script)
Aja (ital script)
Poppl-Exquisit (ital script)
Sassafras Roman

Value
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803

Typeface Family1
Kigali Roman
Rundfunk Antiqua
Rundfunk Grotesk
Apolline
Alisal
Strider
Throhand
Cicero (e should be e-acute)
Antique Condensed Two
Asphalt Black
Avalon
Brok
Citadel
Hermes
Lafayette
Narcissus
Pilsner
Showcard Moderne
Streamline
Scherzo
Jante Antiqua
Albers Architype
Aubette Architype
Ballmer Architype
Bayer Type Architype
Schwitters Architype
Crane
Runa Serif
Comedia Serif
Breadline Normal
Revolution Normal
Virgin Roman Normal
Gararond
Abacus
Classic

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

C-18 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Table C-3.
Value
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
810
811
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
1

Typeface Base Values (continued)
Typeface Family1

Cupid
Arepo
Aureus Uncial (upright)
Connach (upright, norm and uncial lc)
Cresci Rotunda (upright)
Donatello (italic, black italic)
Francesca (lombardic, upright & cond)
Lombardic Capitals (upright)
Ludovico Smooth (italic & flourishes)
Ludovico Woodcut (italic & flourishes)
Mantegna (italic)
Palatino Rotunda (upright)
Percival (upright)
Wolfdance (italic)
Adastra (bold italic inline)
Ampersands
Arwen (upright)
Blocks (upright, solid filled)
Elegant (inline & outline)
Poetry (solid & inline)
Sphinx (extrabold, solid & inline)
Tube (upright)
Searsucker (solid, outline, patterned)
Hindenburg (upright)
Informal (black, norm & condensed)
Marquis (upright)
Questions
Maximilian (upright, inline)
Minimal (upright thin)
Stalk (upright inline)
Mariposa (family)
Mariposa Sans (family)
Corvallis (upright & italic)
Corvallis Sans (upright & italic)

Value
836
837
838
839
840
841
841
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
853
854
855
930
1030
2128
2128
2200
2201
2201
2549
2730
2808

Typeface Family1
Alligators
Carmela (italic)
Dorothea (upright)
Hrabanus (upright)
Lexie’s Animals
Mexican Birds
Mexican Borders
Mexican Symbols
Monmouth (upright)
Neuhengen (upright)
Ophelia Italic
Poggio Bookhand (upright)
Pompeii Capitals (upright)
Ramsey (upright)
Sallando Italic
Thalia Italic
Trieste (upright)
Connach Historic
Lombardic Caps
Ludovico Smooth Flourish
Ludovico Woodcut Flourish
Newton Inline
Lucida Typewriter
Akzidenz Grotesk Buch Rounded
Isil Gothic
HanYang Batang Fixed Pitch (Korean)
MS Mincho (Japan, Proportional)
HanYang Gulrim Fixed Pitch (Korean)
HanYang Dotum Fixed Pitch (Korean)
MS Gothic (Japan, Proportional)
Ming Light (Japan, Proportional)
Wingdings
HanYang GungSe Fixed Pitch (Korean)

These typeface names may be registered trademarks of a third party. Use of these fonts may be conditional upon a license grant from the
owners of the fonts. Hewlett-Packard makes no representation as to the quality or performance of the fonts, and any reference to the fonts
does not grant any license or right to use the fonts.

Symbol Set and Typeface Codes C-19

C-20 Symbol Set and Typeface Codes

Index
!
?&b#W 2-7
?*l # R 2-25
?*l#O - Logical Operation 2-17

A
adaptive compression
IIIP 2-4
adaptive data compression (ADC) 2-4, 5-1
banded images 5-5
image separation 5-5
transmission guidelines 5-4
alphanumeric ID command 2-79
AppleTalk
configuration 2-7, 2-71
device type 2-9
PCL job support 2-7
RENAME 2-8, 2-71
type, PostScript 2-8
ZONE 2-71
arbitrary dither matrix sizes 2-86
assign color index command 2-70

B
base values, typeface 3-12
bitmap fonts, internal 3-2

C
character
conversion table B-22
downloading 5-6
enhancement segment 2-36, 2-47
enhancements 2-52
text path direction 2-34
CID command 2-70
color
commands 2-85
components 1, 2, and 3 2-70
foreground 2-70
lookup tables 2-70
Color LaserJet printer 2-70
command
alphanumeric ID 2-79
assign color index 2-70
change text path direction 2-34
configuration 2-7
end raster graphics 2-2
enter HP-GL/2 mode 2-85

fill type HP-GL/2 5-6
foreground color 2-70
HP-GL/2 mode 2-87
job separation 2-2
line type HP-GL/2 5-6
logical operation 2-17
MC (merge control) 2-29
mechanical print quality 2-85, 2-89
media destination (output bin) 2-78
media source 2-76
media type 2-85, 2-88
negative motion 2-90
number of copies 2-2
output bin selection 2-2, 2-78
page size 2-2
palette control 2-70
paper (media) source 2-76
pixel placement 2-25, 2-28
PP (pixel placement) 2-28
print quality 2-89
push/pop palette 2-71
render algorithm 2-71, 2-104
simple color 2-71
text parsing method 2-33
text path direction 2-34
compression
adaptive compression 2-4
transmission recommendations 5-4
compression methods, memory saving 5-6
configuration command 2-7
Configure Image Data (CID) command 2-70
conventions, manual i-iv
corrections 1-5

D
data transmission 5-4
decimal values
character B-22
printer commands A-1
default settings
factory 4-1
HP-GL/2 4-4
DeskJet 1200C printer 2-85
DeskJet 1600C printer 2-91
device type, AppleTalk 2-9
dither patterns 2-104
download dither matrix 2-70
downloading characters 5-6
duplex printing 2-1

Index-1

E

I

EconoMode 2-61
economy mode, 4L 2-11
end raster graphics command 2-2
enter HP-GL/2 mode command 2-85
environment
factory default 4-1
saving 2-10
user default 4-7

I/O configuration 2-7
ID values, symbol set C-2
image adapt 5-2
initialization 2-49
internal fonts 3-1
internal symbol sets 3-1
mapping B-1
See also symbol set charts
internal typefaces 3-1
ISO substitution characters B-21

F
factory default
environment 4-1
HP-GL/2 setting 4-4
settings 4-1
feature settings
default 4-1
user 4-7
fill type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
font format 16 2-32
font header format 16 2-35
font metric calculation 2-50
font selection
line printer substitution 3-2
symbol set ID values C-2
fonts
internal scalable 3-3
new header segments 2-36
TrueType 3-10
foreground color 2-70
frame anchor/MEt architecture 2-86
furigana (ruby characters) 2-54

G
galley character segment 2-36, 2-38
gamma correction 2-70
grid centered, pixel 2-25
grid intersection, pixel 2-25

H
hexadecimal values
character B-22
printer commands A-1
HP-GL/2
kind 1 values C-2
pixel placement command 2-28
polygon memory usage 5-6
HP-GL/2 mode command 2-87

Index-2

J
job separation command
(4Si) 2-10
(IIISi) 2-2

L
large fonts 2-35
LaserJet
4 Plus printer 2-60
4 printer 2-4
4000 series printers 2-106
4L printer 2-11
4LC printer 2-72
4LJ printer 2-72
4M Plus printer 2-60
4M printer 2-4
4ML printer 2-12
4MP printer 2-32
4P printer 2-31 - 2-32
4PJ printer 2-32
4Si printer 2-10
4V/4MV printer 2-62
5L printer 2-74
5MP printer 2-73
5P printer 2-73
5Si Mopier 2-105
5Si/5SiMx printers 2-75
6L printers 2-106
6P/6MP printers 2-105
Color printer 2-70
III printer 2-1
IIID printer 2-1
IIIP printer 2-2
IIISi printer 2-2
line printer font selection 3-2
line type HP-GL/2 command 5-6
logical operations 2-13
and transparency interactions 2-15
command 2-17
logical page area 1-26

M
manual conventions i-iv
MC (merge control) command 2-29
mechanical print quality command 2-85
media destination (output bin) 2-78
media source command 2-76
media type command 2-85, 2-88
media type, selection by 2-79
memory
character storage requirements 5-6
compression methods 5-6
polygon usage 5-6
print model 5-5
memory enhancement technology (MEt) 2-11, 2-60,
5-1
features 5-3
page protection 5-3
memory usage 5-1
font bitmaps 5-4
merge control command 2-29
monochrome print mode 2-70
MS Gothic 2-32
MS Mincho 2-32

N
name binding protocol (NBP) 2-8
negative motion 2-85
negative motion command 2-90
network, AppleTalk configuration 2-7
noise dither 2-86
notes i-iv
number of copies 2-2

O
octal character values B-22
one-byte typeface values 3-12
operations, logical 2-13
output bin command 2-78
output bin selection command 2-2

P
page protection 5-4
MEt 5-3
page size command 2-2
palette control command 2-70
paper (media) source command 2-76
patterns
HP-GL/2 selection 5-6
memory usage 5-6
wide 5-6
PCL
default settings 4-1

feature support 1-1, 2-1
job over AppleTalk 2-7
printer commands A-1
pixel placement 2-25
command 2-25
HP-GL/2 command 2-28
PCL command 2-25
polygons, avoid multiple smaller 5-6
PostScript
level 1 operators 2-8
level 2 operators 2-8
NBP 2-8
powersave mode 2-61
PP command, HP-GL/2 2-28
print environment default settings 4-4
print job initialization 2-49
print model 2-13
memory efficiency 5-5
print quality command 2-89
See mechanical print quality command
printable area tables 1-26
printer commands
PCL - decimal and hexadecimal values A-1
printer introduction dates 1-2
printer name, AppleTalk 2-8, 2-71
printing ruby characters (furigana) 2-54
push/pop palette command 2-71

Q
quality, print 2-89

R
raster graphics
adaptive compression (IIIP) 2-4
compression methods 5-6
transmission guidelines 5-4
raster scaling 2-71, 2-85
render algorithm command 2-71, 2-104
resource saving
4 Plus/4M Plus 2-60
4Si 2-10
ROP3 logical operation 2-17
ruby characters (furigana) 2-54

S
scalable typefaces, internal 3-3
selection by media type 2-79
sending raster data to printer 5-4
set viewing illuminant command 2-71
setdevparams, PostScript 2-8
setprintername, PostScript 2-8
settings, HP-GL/2 default 4-4

Index-3

simple color command 2-71
string ID 2-79
symbol set
charts B-1
ID selection values C-2
ISO substitution characters B-21
kind 1 values C-2
scalable fonts 3-3

T
text parsing method command 2-33
text path direction, character 2-34
transfer raster graphics by plane 2-71
transmission
ADC recommendations 5-4
compression recommendations 5-4
transparency interactions and logical operation 2-15
TrueType fonts 3-10
two-byte fonts 2-86
two-byte typeface values 3-12
type, AppleTalk 2-9
typeface
base values 3-12, C-5
family values C-5
one-byte values 3-12
two-byte values 3-12
value field 3-12
vendor values C-5
typeface field, scalable font descriptor 3-12
typeface string segment 2-36, 2-42
typefaces, internal scalable 3-3

U
user environment settings 4-7

V
vertical
clusters 2-58
printing 2-34
rotated characters 2-34
rotation segment 2-36, 2-45
substitution character segment 2-36
substitution characters 2-35
substitution segment 2-41
underlining 2-56
writing 2-53

Index-4



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Count                      : 252
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-14, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:6afd2780-ca5d-40bf-90bc-089d19fe1f5a
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.0 for Windows
Modify Date                     : 2005:11:06 08:08:03+11:00
Create Date                     : 1997:10:15 12:24:39Z
Metadata Date                   : 2005:11:06 08:08:03+11:00
Document ID                     : uuid:cf9b68f5-dec0-4ddb-b700-ba80217b202b
Format                          : application/pdf

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools